National & International Accounting Authorities – Corporate and Management Accounting MCQ

Going through the National & International Accounting Authorities – Corporate and Management Accounting CS Executive MCQ Questions with Answers you can quickly revise the concepts.

National & International Accounting Authorities – Corporate and Management Accounting MCQs

Question 1.
Profession of Company Secretaries is regulated in India by provisions of the –
(A) Companies Act, 2013
(B) Company Secretaries Act, 1988
(C) SEBI Regulations
(D) All of the above
Answer:
(D) All of the above

Question 2.
ICSI functions under the jurisdiction of the –
(A) Prime Minister of India
(B) Ministry of Company Affairs
(C) NCLT
(D) Ministry of Corporate Affairs
Answer:
(D) Ministry of Corporate Affairs

Question 3.
Company Secretary is also known as –
(A) Legal Officer
(B) Chief Company Law Officer
(C) Compliance Officer
(D) Ethical Officer
Answer:
(C) Compliance Officer

Question 4.
At present near about ………. persons are the members of ICSI.
(A) 55,000
(B) 1,05,000
(C) 2,02,000
(D) 3,48,000
Answer:
(A) 55,000

Question 5.
The Council of ICAI constitutes of ………members of whom ………. are elected by the Chartered Accountants and remaining ………. are nominated by the Central Government generally representing the Comptroller and Auditor General of India, Securities and Exchange Board of India, Ministry of Corporate Affairs, Ministry of Finance and other stakeholders.
(A) 20; 12; 4
(B) 40; 32; 8
(C) 30; 20; 6
(D) 50; 38; 9
Answer:
(B) 40; 32; 8

Question 6.
Institute of Cost Accountants of India was established on –
(A) 10th May, 1960
(B) 28th May, 1960
(C) 28th May, 1959
(D) 10th May, 1959
Answer:
(C) 28th May, 1959

Question 7.
Objective of the Institute of Cost Accountants of India is –
(A) To promote and develop the adoption of scientific methods in cost and management accountancy.
(B) To compete with the Chartered Accountants.
(C) To Implement the IFRS in India.
(D) To develop high-quality public sector financial reporting standards.
Answer:
(A) To promote and develop the adoption of scientific methods in cost and management accountancy.

Question 8.
Member of which organization can be appointed as statutory auditor of a company under the Companies Act, 2013.
(A) Member of ICSI
(B) Member of ICAI
(C) Member of ICWAI
(D) Any of the above
Answer:
(B) Member of ICAI

Question 9.
IFRS Foundation is a responsible
for developing a single set of high-quality global accounting standards, known as IFRS Standards.
(A) Not-for-profit organization
(B) Statutory organization
(C) Nominee organization
(D) None of the above
Answer:
(A) Not-for-profit organization

Question 10.
The IFRS Foundation has a ………. governance structure
(A) Three-tier
(B) Two-tier
(C) Four-tier
(D) Five-tier
Answer:
(A) Three-tier

Question 11.
Financial Reporting Council (UK) is a:
(A) Company limited by guarantee
(B) Unlimited company
(C) Subsidiary company of IFRS
(D) Associate company of the Institute of Chartered Accounts of England
Answer:
(A) Company limited by guarantee

Question 12.
The Financial Reporting Council (UK) board is supported by three committees, namely:
(A) Presidents Committee; Professional Committee; Implementation Committee
(B) Core Standards Committee; Conduct Committee; Standby Committee
(C) Official Committee; Subsidiary Committee; Professional Committee
(D) Codes & Standards Committee; Executive Committee; Conduct Committee
Answer:
(D) Codes & Standards Committee; Executive Committee; Conduct Committee

Question 13.
Approval of exposure drafts, re-exposure drafts, and IPSASs are made by the affirmative vote of at least of the
International Public Sector Accounting Standards Board (IPSASB) members.
(A) one-third
(B) two-thirds
(C) one-half
(D) three-fourth
Answer:
(B) two-thirds

Question 14.
The European Financial Reporting Advisory Group (EFRAG) is a private association established in –
(A) 1901
(B) 2001
(C) 1991
(D) 2011
Answer:
(B) 2001

Question 15.
Professional Oversight Board (POB) is a:…………..
(A) Accountancy & Actuarial Discipline Board of UK
(B) Australian regulatory body
(C) UK regulatory body
(D) Canadian accounting body
Answer:
(C) UK regulatory body

Financial Statements Interpretation – Corporate and Management Accounting MCQ

Going through the Financial Statements Interpretation – Corporate and Management Accounting CS Executive MCQ Questions with Answers you can quickly revise the concepts.

Financial Statements Interpretation – Corporate and Management Accounting MCQs

Question 1.
Which of these is not a function of Financial Accounting
(A) To provide financial information to the users of the financial statements.
(B) To portray gloomy picture of the business in order to evade tax liabilities.
(C) To keep a systematic record of business transactions.
(D) To depict a true and fair view of the financial position of the business.
Answer:
(B) To portray gloomy picture of the business in order to evade tax liabilities.

Question 2.
Provisions of the Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) are applicable to the company having net profit of -…………..
(A) ₹ 100 Crore or more
(B) ₹ 75 Crore or more
(C) ₹ 50 Crore or more
(D) ₹ 5 Crore or more
Answer:
(D) ₹ 5 Crore or more

Question 3.
As per the provisions of the Companies Act, 2013, companies must maintain their accounts under -…………..
(A) Double account system
(B) Single entry system
(C) Double entry system
(D) Duplicate account system
Answer:
(C) Double entry system

Question 4.
Purposes of financial statements include all the following except -…………..
(A) Interpret and record the effects of business transaction
(B) Classify the effects of transactions to facilitate the preparation of reports
(C) Summarize and communicate information to decision makers
(D) Dictate the specific types of business enterprise transactions that the enterprises may engage in.
Answer:
(D) Dictate the specific types of business enterprise transactions that the enterprises may engage in.

Question 5.
Which of the following is characteristic of accounting information
P. Relevance
Q. Reliability
R. Comparability
Select the correct answer from the options given below -…………..
(A) P
(B) Q
(C) R
(D) All of the above
Answer:
(D) All of the above

Question 6.
Accounting policies followed by organizations -…………..
(A) Can be changed every year.
(B) Should be consistently followed from year to year
(C) Can be changed after 5 years
(D) None of the above
Answer:
(B) Should be consistently followed from year to year

Question 7.
Which of the following is statutory book
(A) Share call book
(B) Register of charges
(C) Register of probates
(D) Register of sealed documents
Answer:
(B) Register of charges

Question 8.
It is essential to standardize the accounting principles and policies in order to ensure -…………..
(A) Transparency
(B) Profitability
(C) Reputation
(D) All of the above
Answer:
(A) Transparency

Question 9.
Keeping of statutory books is -…………..
(A) Optional
(B) Compulsory
(C) Recommended
(D) None of the above
Answer:
(B) Compulsory

Question 10.
The determination of the amount of bad debts is an accounting –
(A) Policy
(B) Estimate
(C) Parameter
(D) None of the above
Answer:
(B) Estimate

Question 11.
CSR stands for
(A) Company Social Responsibility
(B) Corporate Social Rights
(C) Corporate Social Responsibility
(D) Company Social Rights
Answer:
(B) Corporate Social Rights

Question 12.
………… shall mean any amount written off or retained by way of providing for depreciation, renewals or diminution in value of assets, or retained by way of providing for any known liability of which the amount cannot be determined with substantial accuracy.
(A) Provision
(B) Reserves
(C) Appropriation
(D) Transfer
Answer:
(A) Provision

Question 13.
If rights and beneficial interest in a property is transferred but documentation and legal formalities are pending then seller & purchaser should record in their accounts as sale & purchase. Which principle is applied here
(A) Prudence
(B) Substance over from
(C) Materiality
(D) All of the above
Answer:
(B) Substance over from

Question 14.
Which of the following is capital reserve
(A) Profit prior to incorporation
(B) Profits on sale of fixed assets
(C) Profits on reissue of forfeited shares
(D) All of the above
Answer:
(D) All of the above

Question 15.
Provisions for doubtful debts, provision for discount on debtors are based on –
(A) Prudence
(B) Substance over from
(C) Materiality
(D) All of the above
Answer:
(A) Prudence

Question 16.
As per Schedule III of the Companies Act, 2013, long term provisions are shown –
(A) By way of deduction from respective non-current asset
(B) As a part of shareholders funds
(C) Under the heading Non-Current Liabilities
(D) Under the separate heading Provisions
Answer:
(C) Under the heading Non-Current Liabilities

Question 17.
A possible future liability, which depends on the happenings of certain uncertain event, is called:
(A) Not a liability at all
(B) Contingent liability
(C) Future liability
(D) Deferred liability
Answer:
(B) Contingent liability

Question 18.
Under statement of closing stock of work-in-progress in the period will -………..
(A) Understate cost of goods manufactured in that period
(B) Overstate current assets
(C) Overstate gross profit from sales in that period
(D) Understate net income in that period
Answer:
(D) Understate net income in that period

Question 19.
Provisions are -………..
(A) Nominal accounts
(B) Personal accounts
(C) Real accounts
(D) Representative personal accounts
Answer:
(A) Nominal accounts

Question 20.
Which of the following is/are the essential features of accrual basis of accounting
(I) Revenue is recognized only when cash is received.
(II) Costs are matched against revenues on the basis of relevant time period to determine periodic income.
(III) Costs which are not charged to in-come are carried forward and are kept under continuous review.
(IV) Receipts or incomes are recorded as and when cash is received or becomes due on the other hand payments are recorded only when cash is actually paid.
The correct answer is –
(A) (I) & (IV) only
(B) (I), (III) & (IV) only
(C) (III) & (IV) only
(D) (II) & (III) only
Answer:
(D) (II) & (III) only

Question 21.
Net profit for the purpose of managerial remuneration has to be calculated as per
(A) Section 195
(B) Section 196
(C) Section 197
(D) Section 198
Answer:
(D) Section 198

Question 22.
The correct sequence in preparation of periodical financial statement would be –
1. Preparation of balance sheet
2. Preparation of cash flow statement
3. Preparation of trial balance
4. Preparation of Profit & Loss A/c
Select the correct answer from the options given below –
(A) 4, 2, 1, 3
(B) 3, 4, 1,2
(C) 2, 4, 3, 1
(D) 1,3, 2,4
Answer:
(B) 3, 4, 1,2

Question 23.
As per Section 198 of the Companies Act, 2013 while calculating net profit for managerial remuneration, if gross profit is starting point credit shall be given to:
(A) Subsidies received from Government
(B) Premium on shares or debentures
(C) Profits on forfeited shares
(D) Profits of a capital nature
Answer:
(A) Subsidies received from Government

Question 24.
If the Effective Capital of company is less than ₹ 5 Crores it may, without approval of Central Government, pay remuneration to the managerial person not exceeding:
(A) ₹ 30 lakhs per annum
(B) ₹ 60 lakhs per annum
(C) ₹ 50 lakhs per annum
(D) ₹ 90 lakhs per annum
Answer:
(B) ₹ 60 lakhs per annum

Question 25.
Unearned income is classified as –
(A) Fixed liability
(B) Fixed assets
(C) Current liability
(D) Current assets
Answer:
(D) Current assets

Question 26.
As per Section 198 of the Companies Act, 2013 while calculating net profit for managerial remuneration, if gross profit is starting point then which of the following is allowed to deducted –
(A) Loss of a capital natures
(B) Voluntarily compensation
(C) Directors seating fee
(D) Super-tax on the income
Answer:
(C) Directors seating fee

Question 27.
If Net Profit is starting point for the purpose of calculation of managerial remuneration then which of the following you will add:
(A) Ex-gratia payment to an employee
(B) Capital Profit
(C) Debenture trustee Remuneration
(D) Revenue profit on sale of plant
Answer:
(A) Ex-gratia payment to an employee

Question 28.
Which of the following are current assets of a business
(i) Income received in advance
(ii) Stock
(iii) Debtors
(iv) Pre-paid expenses
(v) Accrued income
Select the correct answer from the options given below –
(A) Both (i) and (iv) above
(B) Both (ii) and (iii) above
(C) (i), (ii) and (iii) above
(D) (ii), (iii), (iv) and (v) above
Answer:
(D) (ii), (iii), (iv) and (v) above

Question 29.
As per Section 198 of the Companies Act, 2013 while calculating net profit for managerial remuneration, if gross profit is starting point then which of the following is allowed to deducted –
(A) Contributions made u/s 181
(B) Actual bad debts written-off
(C) Liability arising from a breach of contract
(D) All of the above
Answer:
(D) All of the above

Question 30.
The arrangement of assets and liabilities in accordance with a particular order is known as of balance sheet.
(A) Tallying
(B) Marking
(C) Ruling
(D) Marshalling
Answer:
(D) Marshalling

Question 31.
If Net Profit is starting point for the purpose of calculation of managerial remuneration then which of the following you will deduct:
(A) Income Tax
(B) Capital Profits
(C) Compensation for breach of contract
(D) General expenses
Answer:
(B) Capital Profits

Question 32.
In ……………, approach assets which are to be used for long term in the business and are not meant to be sold are presented first and assets which are most liquid such as cash in hand, are presented at the bottom.
(A) Alphabetical order
(B) Permanence order
(C) Liquidity order
(D) None of the above
Answer:
(B) Permanence order

Question 33.
If the Effective Capital of company is ₹ 5 Crores and above but less than ₹ 100 Crores it may, without approval of Central Government, pay remuneration to the managerial person not exceeding:
(A) ₹ 7 lakhs per month
(B) ₹ 5 lakhs per month
(C) ₹ 4 lakhs per month
(D) ₹ 9 lakhs per month
Answer:
(A) ₹ 7 lakhs per month

Question 34.
In……………., approach the assets are stated in balance sheet in the order in which they can be easily converted into cash and the liabilities in the order in which they have to be paid off.
(A) Alphabetical order
(B) Permanence order
(C) Liquidity order
(D) None of the above
Answer:
(C) Liquidity order

Question 35.
If the Effective Capital of company is ₹ 100 Crores and above but less than ₹ 250 Crores it may, without approval of Central Government, pay remuneration to the managerial person not exceeding:
(A) ₹ 240 lakhs per annum
(B) ₹ 180 lakhs per annum
(C) ₹ 120 lakhs per annum
(D) ₹ 100 lakhs per annum
Answer:
(C) ₹ 120 lakhs per annum

Question 36.
Arrange the following assets as per liquidity order. L Cash & Bank II. Building IIL Investment IV. Stock Select the correct answer from the options given below –
(A) II, III, I, IV
(B) I, II, III, IV
(C) I, IV, III, II
(D) I,IV,II,III
Answer:
(C) I, IV, III, II

Question 37.
If the Effective Capital of company is ₹ 250 Crores and above it may, without approval of Central Government, pay remuneration to the managerial person not exceeding:
(A) ₹ 160 lakhs plus 0.05% of the effective capital in excess of ₹ 250 Crores
(B) ₹ 180 lakhs plus 0.25% of the effective capital in excess of ₹ 250 Crores
(C) ₹ 240 lakhs plus 0.02% of the effective capital in excess of ₹ 250 Crores
(D) ₹ 120 lakhs plus 0.01 % of the effective capital in excess of ₹ 250 Crores
Answer:
(D) ₹ 120 lakhs plus 0.01 % of the effective capital in excess of ₹ 250 Crores

Question 38.
Which of the following statement is true
(A) The amount reported on the balance sheet for property, plant and equipment is the estimate of the fair market value as of the balance sheet date.
(B) The third line of the balance sheet at the end of the year should begin with “for the year ended”.
(C) The total amount reported for owners equity is the approximate fair value or net worth of the corporation as of the balance sheet date.
(D) None of the above
Answer:
(D) None of the above

Question 39.
The annual instalment to depreciation fund for replacement of a fixed asset is –
(A) Charge against profit
(B) An appropriation of profits
(C) Charge against reserve
(D) Charge against cash
Answer:
(A) Charge against profit

Question 40.
Arrange the following assets as per permanence order.
I. Cash & Bank
II. Building
III. Investment
IV. Stock
Select the correct answer from the options given below –
(A) II, III, I, IV
(B) I, II, III, IV
(C) I, IV, III, II
(D) II, III, IV, I
Answer:
(D) II, III, IV, I

Question 41.
If the Effective Capital of company is negative and it passes special resolution then it may, without approval of Central Government, pay remuneration to the managerial person not exceeding:
(A) ₹ 60 lakhs per annum
(B) ₹ 120 lakhs per annum
(C) No remuneration since effective capital is negative
(D) ₹ 90 lakhs per annum
Answer:
(B) ₹ 120 lakhs per annum

Question 42.
…………… are those fixed assets which have a fixed content, like coal in a coal mine; the value of the asset goes down as the contents are taken out.
(A) Intangible Assets
(B) Fictitious Assets
(C) Wasting Assets
(D) Floating Assets
Answer:
(C) Wasting Assets

Question 43.
Depreciation is a process of -……………
(A) Valuation
(B) Allocation
(C) Reduction
(D) Appreciation
Answer:
(B) Allocation

Question 44.
…………. which can be immediately be converted into cash, such as Government Securities.
(A) Intangible Assets
(B) Fictitious Assets
(C) Wasting Assets
(D) Floating Assets
Answer:
(D) Floating Assets

Question 45.
Amortization applies to
(A) Current Assets
(B) Wasting Assets
(C) Intangible Assets
(D) Non-Current Assets
Answer:
(C) Intangible Assets

Question 46.
Which of the following statements is/ are NOT correct
(A) Provision for bad debts appears as a liability on the balance sheet
(B) The provision for bad debts is owed to the company
(C) Bad debts could be less than the provision for bad debts
(D) Bad debts could exceed the provision for bad debts
Answer:
(B) The provision for bad debts is owed to the company

Question 47.
Provisions of the Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) are applicable to the company having turnover of –
(A) ₹ 100 Crore or more
(B) ₹ 250 Crore or more
(C) ₹ 500 Crore or more
(D) ₹ 1,000 Crore or more
Answer:
(D) ₹ 1,000 Crore or more

Question 48.
Which of the following is /are the important characteristic of depreciation
P. Depreciation is permanent, continuous and gradual increase in the value of a fixed asset.
Q. Depreciation is appropriation of profit.
R. Depreciation is always computed in a systematic and rational manner.
Select the correct answer from the options give below –
(A) Q & R only
(B) P & R only
(C) R only
(D) P & Q only
Answer:
(C) R only

Question 49.
The balance sheet gives information regarding the –
(A) Results of operations for a particular period
(B) Financial position during a particular period
(C) Profit earning capacity for a particular period
(D) Financial position as on a particular date
Answer:
(D) Financial position as on a particular date

Question 50.
Obsolescence of a depreciable asset may be caused by –
(I) Technological changes.
(II) Improvement in production method.
(III) Change in market demand for the product or service output.
(IV) Legal or other restrictions.
The correct option is –
(A) Only (I) above
(B) Both (I) & (II) above
(C) All (I), (II), (III) & (IV) above
(D) Only (IV) above
Answer:
(C) All (I), (II), (III) & (IV) above

Question 51.
Computers taken on hire by a business for a period of twelve months should be classified as –
(A) Current assets
(B) Intangible assets
(C) Deferred revenue expenditure
(D) Not an asset
Answer:
(D) Not an asset

Question 52.
In the case of downward revaluation of an asset which is for the first time, the account to be debited is
(A) Fixed Asset A/c
(B) Revaluation Reserve A/c
(C) Profit & Loss A/c
(D) General Reserve A/c
Answer:
(D) General Reserve A/c

Question 53.
Which of the following expenses is NOT included in the acquisition cost of a plant and equipment
(A) Cost of site preparation
(B) Delivery and handling charges
(C) Installation costs
(D) Financing costs incurred subsequent to the period after plant and equipment is put to use.
Answer:
(C) Installation costs

Question 54.
Tick the correct match.
1 Current Asset 1 Depreciation
2 Nominal A/c 2 Land
3 Non-Deprecia- 3 Insurance A/c
ble Asset
4 Non-Cash 4 Prepaid Rent
Expense A/c
Select the correct answer from the options given below –
(A) (1,2), (2, 3), (3, 4), (4,1)
(B) (1, 3), (2, 1), (3, 4), (4, 2)
(C) (1, 4), (2, 2), (3, 1), (4, 3)
(D) (1,4), (2, 3), (3, 2), (4,1)
Answer:
(D) (1,4), (2, 3), (3, 2), (4,1)

Question 55.
The most compelling reason for accounting for depreciation is:
(A) To match a portion of the depreciable cost of the asset against the income generated by it.
(B) To build up resources for the purpose of replacing the non-current assets.
(C) Because that is a requirement of company law.
(D) To write down the non-current assets to what it is worth by the end of the period.
Answer:
(A) To match a portion of the depreciable cost of the asset against the income generated by it.

Question 56.
Revenues affect net income -……………
(A) In the period during which they are earned
(B) In the period when they are collected
(C) In the period when they are accounted for
(D) Any of the above three which occur first
Answer:
(A) In the period during which they are earned

Question 57.
What do you understand when one refers to as “net book value” of a non-current asset -……………
(A) The cost of the asset.
(B) The cost of the asset less amount expensed as depreciation in the current period.
(C) The cost less accumulated depreciation up to the date of reporting.
(D) The current worth of the asset.
Answer:
(C) The cost less accumulated depreciation up to the date of reporting.

Question 58.
Choose the true statement.
(A) Accrued incomes represent income unearned but realized in cash.
(B) Accrued incomes represent income earned but not realized in cash.
(C) Accrued income A/c is shown on the liability side.
(D) No tax is payable on accrued income
Answer:
(B) Accrued incomes represent income earned but not realized in cash.

Question 59.
Depreciation fund method is also known as -……………
(A) Redemption fund method
(B) Amortization fund method
(C) Sinking fund method
(D) All of the above
Answer:
(D) All of the above

Question 60.
According to AS-6 “Depreciation Accounting”, issued by the ICAI change in method is permitted –
(A) Prospectively
(B) Retrospectively
(C) Negatively
(D) None of the above
Answer:
(B) Retrospectively

Question 61.
In case of companies depreciation on assets are provided on the basis of -……
(A) Life of the asset as given in Schedule IV
(B) Rate of depreciation as given in Schedule III
(C) Life of the asset as given in Schedule II
(D) Rate of depreciation as given in Schedule V
Answer:
(C) Life of the asset as given in Schedule II

Question 62.
Every company fulfilling specified criteria shall constitute Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) Committee of the Board consisting of:
(A) 5 or more directors, out of which at least 2 directors shall be an independent director
(B) 10 or more directors, out of which at least 3 directors shall be an independent director
(C) 5 or more directors, out of which at least 1 director shall be an independent director
(D) 3 or more directors, out of which at least 1 director shall be an independent director
Answer:
(D) 3 or more directors, out of which at least 1 director shall be an independent director

Question 63.
Provisions of the Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) are applicable to the company having net worth of –
(A) ₹ 100 Crore or more
(B) ₹ 250 Crore or more
(C) ₹ 500 Crore or more
(D) ₹ 1,000 Crore or more
Answer:
(C) ₹ 500 Crore or more

Question 64.
The Board of every company shall ensure that the company spends, in every financial year, at least of the company made during the …………… in pursuance of its CSR Policy.
(A) 2% of the average net profits; 3 immediately preceding financial years
(B) 5% of the average net profits; 5 immediately preceding financial years
(C) 5% of the average net profits; 3 immediately preceding financial years
(D) 2% of the average net profits; 5 immediately preceding financial years
Answer:
(A) 2% of the average net profits; 3 immediately preceding financial years

Question 65.
Computation of net profit for Section 135 is as per Section 198 of the Companies Act, 2013 which is primarily:
(A) Profit After Tax (PAT)
(B) Earnings Before Interest & Tax (EBIT)
(C) Profit Before Tax (PBT)
(D) Net Operating Profit After Tax (NOPAT)
Answer:
(C) Profit Before Tax (PBT)

Question 66.
Net profit after tax of XYZ Ltd. is ₹ 1,00,000 after debiting provisions for tax ₹ 40,000 and Managing Director’s Salary 60,000. Maximum remuneration payable to Managing Director as per provisions of the Companies Act, 2013 without complying provisions of the Schedule V is –
(A) ₹ 14,000
(B) ₹ 8,000
(C) ₹ 10,000
(D) ₹ 12,000
Answer:
(C) ₹ 10,000
Financial Statements Interpretation – Corporate and Management Accounting MCQ 8

Question 67.
Net profit after tax of PQR Ltd. is ₹ 15,48,000. This net profit is arrived after debiting P & L A/c following items:
Income Tax: ₹ 3,20,000;
Ex-gratia payment to employee: ₹ 50,000
Following items are credited to P & L A/c before arriving above net probt:
Capital Probt: ₹ 75,000
Probt on forfeiture of shares: ₹ 4,300
Maximum remuneration payable to Managing Director as per provisions of the Companies Act, 2013 without complying provisions of the Schedule V is -……………
(A) ₹ 91,935
(B) ₹ 95,685
(C) ₹ 90,425
(D) ₹ 94,750
Answer:
(A) ₹ 91,935
Financial Statements Interpretation – Corporate and Management Accounting MCQ 9

Question 68.
Gross probt of AG Ltd. is ₹ 20,78,000 before considering following items:
Revenue profit on sale of plant — 1,40,000
Subsidy from Central Govt. –7,30,000
Capital profit on sale of plant — 1,30,000
Interest on Investment — 60,000
Depreciation as per Schedule II — 3,00,000
Maximum remuneration payable to MD without complying provisions of the Schedule V is –
(A) ₹ 1,23,700
(B) ₹ 1,35,400
(C) ₹ 1,53,200
(D) ₹ 1,46,300
Answer:
(B) ₹ 1,35,400
Financial Statements Interpretation – Corporate and Management Accounting MCQ 10

Question 69.
Net profits before charging the commission – ₹ 80,000. Following had been charged off against the probts as determined as above:

  • Depreciation ₹ 31,900
  • Provision for bad debts ₹ 920.

Other relevant information:

  • Actual bad debts ₹ 800.
  • Depreciation as per Schedule ₹ 39,160.

Maximum remuneration payable to MD without complying provisions of the Schedule V is –
(A) ₹ 3,643
(B) ₹ 5,728
(C) ₹ 4,762
(D) ₹ 1,874
Answer:
(A) ₹ 3,643
Financial Statements Interpretation – Corporate and Management Accounting MCQ 11
Financial Statements Interpretation – Corporate and Management Accounting MCQ 12

Question 70.
Manager of Z Ltd. is entitled to a commission @ 3% on net probt after charging such commission. Calculate the commission payable to the manager.
Net probt before tax and managerial remuneration = ₹ 8,80,000
Depreciation as provided in books of account = ₹ 1,10,000
Depreciation as per the Companies Act, 2013 = ₹ 1,32,000
(A) ₹ 25,740
(B) ₹ 24,990
(C) ₹ 42,900
(D) ₹ 23,330
Answer:
(B) ₹ 24,990
Financial Statements Interpretation – Corporate and Management Accounting MCQ 13

Question 71.
Gross probt of G Ltd. is ₹ 40,38,000 before considering following items:
Salaries & Bonus — 1,80,000
Repairs to Buildings — 90,000
R & D Expenses — 15,000
Directors Fees — 6,000
Managing Director’s Salary — 36,000
Interest on Debentures — 20,000
Probt on sale of plant — 1,20,000
Subsidy from Central Govt. — 2,19,000
Whole of the R & D expenses has been incurred for purchase of equipment. On Plant depreciation provided up to date was ₹ 42,000. Maximum remuneration payable to MD without complying provisions of the Schedule V is –
(A) ₹ 2,22,440
(B) ₹ 2,12,320
(C) ₹ 2,48,650
(D) ₹ 2,00,150
Answer:
(D) ₹ 2,00,150
Financial Statements Interpretation – Corporate and Management Accounting MCQ 14
Note: Profit to the extent of accumulated depreciation is revenue profit.
Maximum remuneration to MD = 40,03,000 × 5% 2,00,150

Question 72.
Profits of Q Ltd. before remuneration of MD was 12,06,000 for the year ended 31st March 2020. The said profit has been calculated considering following figures:
Capital expenditure — 4,95,000
Depreciation as per Schedule II — 42,000
Bonus to technicians — 1,89,000
Compensation paid to workmen — 42,000
Loss on sale of fixed assets — 42,000
Subsidy from Govt. — 2,52,000
Multiple shift allowance — 63,000
Provision for taxation — 16,80,000
Ex-gratia payments to workers — 21,000
Profit on sale of building — 1,26,000
Determine the maximum remuneration payable to the MD of Z Ltd. from the above information.
(A) ₹ 1,76,800
(B) ₹ 1,56,600
(C) ₹ 1,65,900
(D) ₹ 1,68,800
Answer:
(C) ₹ 1,65,900
Financial Statements Interpretation – Corporate and Management Accounting MCQ 15

Question 73.
Z Ltd. employs a Manager who is entitled to a salary of ₹ 8,000 per month and, in addition, to a commission of 2% on the net profits determined before charging such salary and commission.
Financial Statements Interpretation – Corporate and Management Accounting MCQ 1
Financial Statements Interpretation – Corporate and Management Accounting MCQ 2
Depreciation shown above is as per Schedule II of the Companies Act, 2013.
Maximum Remuneration payable to Manager without complying provisions of Schedule V is —
(A) ₹ 1,32,640
(B) ₹ 78,900
(C) ₹ 1,23,720
(D) ₹ 79,800
Answer:
(B) ₹ 78,900
Financial Statements Interpretation – Corporate and Management Accounting MCQ 16

Question 74.
Following is the information in respect of two companies:
Financial Statements Interpretation – Corporate and Management Accounting MCQ 3
Compute the amount the companies are required to spend on account of Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR):
Financial Statements Interpretation – Corporate and Management Accounting MCQ 4
Answer:
(D)
(1) XYZ Ltd.: Since XYZ Ltd. has yet to complete its first three years after incorporation. it is not required to spend anything on CSR activity.
(2) CBA Private Ltd.: Average net profit of the company is 1,00,00,000. Thus, company has to spend 2,00,000 on CSR activities.

Question 75.
Z Ltd. having 2 whole-time director on its board and 3 part-time directors, earned profits during the year ended 313.2019 to the tune of 2,50,000 after taking into consideration the following
Depreciation on fixed assets ₹ 92,244.
(i) Depreciation calculated in accordance with Section 123 is ₹ 32,800.
(ii) Provision for income-tax ₹ 1,22,500.
(iii) Capital expense charged to profit and loss account ₹ 12,500.
Calculate maximum remuneration payable to whole time directors assuming that the remuneration payable to them is to be calculated on net profit remaining after payment of commission to part-time directors which is to be calculated on net profits remaining after payment of remuneration to the whole-time directors.
(a) Remuneration to Part-time director = ?
(b) Remuneration to Whole-time directors = ?
Financial Statements Interpretation – Corporate and Management Accounting MCQ 5
Answer:
(a)
Financial Statements Interpretation – Corporate and Management Accounting MCQ 17

Question 76.
Following are the particulars of a Limited Company:

Net profit before provision for income tax and managerial remuneration, but after depreciation and provision for repairs 86,84,100
Depreciation provided in the books 32,00,000
Repairs of machinery provided for during the year 2,50,000
Actual expenditure incurred on repairs during the year L50,000

Calculate the maximum remuneration payable to –
(i) Managing Director and
(ii) other part-time directors of the company.
Answer:
(C)
Financial Statements Interpretation – Corporate and Management Accounting MCQ 18

Remuneration payable as per Section 197 of the Companies Act, 2013:

  • Managing director. 87,84,100 × 5% = 4,39,205
  • Other part-time directors: 87,84,100 × 1% 87,841

Note: It is assumed that depreciation is provided as per Schedule II.

Question 77.
P & L A/c of JF Ltd. is given below:
Financial Statements Interpretation – Corporate and Management Accounting MCQ 6
Original cost of the machinery sold was ₹ 40,000. WDV of the machinery sold is ₹ 30,000. Depreciation per Schedule II is ₹ 3,42,000. Compensation was paid for breach of contract. Profit as per Section 198 = ?
(A) ₹ 16,45,800
(B) ₹ 19,89,000
(C) ₹17,39,000
(D) ₹ 15,48,200
Answer:
(A) ₹ 16,45,800
Financial Statements Interpretation – Corporate and Management Accounting MCQ 19

  • Revenue profit (to the extent accumulated depreciation) – 10,000
  • Capita profit (Excess.proflt over accumulated depreciation) – 15,000

Question 78.
Details of GH Ltd. are given below: ?
Gross profit — 40,00,000
Profit on sale of machinery — 4,50,000
Subsidy from the Government — 1,00,000
Salaries and wages — 1,50,000
Repairs to fixed assets — 50,000
General expenses — 40,000
Compensation for breach of contract — 25,000
Depreciation — 2,40,000
Loss on sale of investment — 35,000
Expenditure on scientific research — 2,50,000
Debenture interest — 75,000
Interest on unsecured loans — 15,000
Provisions for income tax — 16,00,000
Proposed dividends — 10,00,000
Net profit — 10,70,000
Cost of Machinery was ₹ 8,00,000 and written down value is ₹ 4,00,000. Expenditure on scientific research was made for setting-up a new laboratory. Calculate the overall managerial remuneration.
(A) ₹ 1,95,230
(B) ₹ 4,29,550
(C) ₹ 3,40,840
(D) ₹ 1,86,690
Answer:
(B) ₹ 4,29,550
Financial Statements Interpretation – Corporate and Management Accounting MCQ 20
Financial Statements Interpretation – Corporate and Management Accounting MCQ 21
Loss on sale of investment will not allowed to be deducted as it is loss of capital nature.
Expenditure on scientific research is capital expenditure hence will not be allowed.
Provisions /or income tax & proposed dividends are nota llowabk as perSection 198
Overall Managerial Remuneration 39,05,000 × 1 1% = 4,29,550

Question 79.
Net profit of CJW Ltd. is ₹ 20,00,000. after considering the following:
Depreciation — 4,00,000
Preliminary expenses — 1,00,000
Provision for tax — 31,00,000
Director’s fee — 80,000
Bonus — 1,50,000
Profit on sale of fixed assets — 1,55,000
Provision for doubtful debts — 90,000
Scientific research — 2,00,000
MD’s remuneration — 3,00,000
Fixed assets details.’Original cost ₹ 2,00,000; WDV X 1,10,000
Expenditure on scientific research was made for setting-up a new laboratory.
Maximum remuneration payable to part time directors = ?
(A) ₹ 58,450
(B) ₹ 62,850
(C) ₹ 54,150
(D) ₹ 57,750
Answer:
(D) ₹ 57,750
Financial Statements Interpretation – Corporate and Management Accounting MCQ 22

Question 80.
Chief accountant of X Ltd. gives the following data regarding six segments:
Financial Statements Interpretation – Corporate and Management Accounting MCQ 7
Reportable segments are –
(A) O, P & R
(B) M, N & O
(C) M, O, Q & R
(D) All the segments are reportable segments
Answer:
(D) All the segments are reportable segments
Financial Statements Interpretation – Corporate and Management Accounting MCQ 23

Accounting for Share Based Payments (ESOS & ESOP) – Corporate and Management Accounting MCQ

Going through the Accounting for Share Based Payments (ESOS & ESOP) – Corporate and Management Accounting CS Executive MCQ Questions with Answers you can quickly revise the concepts.

Accounting for Share Based Payments (ESOS & ESOP) – Corporate and Management Accounting MCQs

Question 1.
………… means the option given to the whole-time directors, officers or employees of a company, which gives such directors, officers or employees the benefit or right to purchase or subscribe at a future date, the securities offered by the company at a pre-determined price.
(A) Employee Stock Purchase
(B) General Employee Benefits
(C) Employee Stock Option
(D) Retirement Benefits
Answer:
(C) Employee Stock Option

Question 2.
Which of the following section of the Companies Act, 2013 allows a company to offer shares to employees under a scheme of employee’s stock option?
(A) Section 61
(B) Section 65
(C) Section 62
(D) Section 68
Answer:
(C) Section 62

Question 3.
As per Section 62(2) of the Companies Act, 2013, a company can offer shares to employees under a scheme of employees stock option by passing -…………
(A) Board Resolution
(B) Special Resolution
(C) Ordinary Resolution
(D) Extraordinary Resolution
Answer:
(B) Special Resolution

Question 4.
A listed company can offer various benefits to employees such as ESOS or ESPS by complying provisions of the -…………
(1) Companies Act, 2013
(2) SEBI (Share Based Employee Benefits) Regulations, 2014
(3) Companies (Share Capital & Debentures) Rules, 2014
Select the correct answer from the options given below.
(A) (1) only
(B) (1) and (2) only
(C) (2) and (3) only
(D) (1), (2) and (3)
Answer:
(B) (1) and (2) only

Question 5.
Which of the following persons is covered under the provisions relating to share based payment regulation made by the SEBI?
(A) Permanent employee
(B) Whole time director
(C) Employee of a subsidiary
(D) All of the above
Answer:
(D) All of the above

Question 6.
As per Rule 12 of the Companies (Share Capital & Debentures) Rules, 2014, ’employee’ includes –
(I) A permanent employee of the company who has been working outside India
(II) Independent director
(III) An employee who is a promoter
(IV) Whole time director
(V) Director who holds more than 10% of the outstanding equity shares of the start-up company
Select the correct answer from the options given below.
(A) (III), (II) & (IV)
(B) (I), (II), (IV) & (V)
(C) (V), (IV) & (I)
(D) (I) and (IV)
Answer:
(D) (I) and (IV)

Question 7.
Which of the following person can be treated as ‘employee’ and hence eligible for employees share based payment benefits?
(A) Relative of the director who holds more than 10% of the outstanding equity shares of the company
(B) Temporary employee of the company who has been working in India
(C) Employee of Associate Company
(D) None of the above
Answer:
(D) None of the above

Question 8.
SEBI (Share Based Employee Benefits) Regulations, 2014 applies to: -…………
(1) Employee Stock Option Schemes
(2) Employee Stock Purchase Schemes
(3) Stock Appreciation Rights Schemes
(4) General Employee Benefits Schemes
(5) Retirement Benefit Schemes
Select the correct answer from the options given below.
(A) (2) and (1)
(B) (3) and (4)
(C) (4) and (5)
(D) All of the above are correct
Answer:
(D) All of the above are correct

Question 9.
Under the ………. employees are given an option to purchase shares on the spot at a discount price.
(A) Employees Stock Purchase Scheme
(B) Employee Stock Option Scheme
(C) Stock Appreciation Rights Scheme
(D) Preferential Allotment Scheme
Answer:
(A) Employees Stock Purchase Scheme

Question 10.
Under ESPS employees are given an option to purchase shares on the spot at a -……………
(A) Discounted price
(B) Special price
(C) Discount price
(D) Floor price
Answer:
(C) Discount price

Question 11.
Under ESOS employees are given an option to purchase shares at:
(A) On the spot
(B) Later date ie. after vesting period
(C) Relevant date
(D) Later date i..e. after end of accounting year
Answer:
(B) Later date ie. after vesting period

Question 12.
Shares to be issued under ESOS –
(A) Can be issued as a part of a public issue.
(B) Has no vesting periods
(C) Has to be approved separately by the company in general meeting by passing special resolution
(D) All of the above
Answer:
(C) Has to be approved separately by the company in general meeting by passing special resolution

Question 13.
………….. means the price, if any, payable by the employee for exercising the option or SAR granted to him.
(A) Offer price
(B) Exercise price
(C) Market Price
(D) Fair price
Answer:
(B) Exercise price

Question 14.
………. means the process by which the company issues options, SARs, shares, or any other benefits under any of the schemes.
(A) Grant
(B) Option
(C) Exercise
(D) Appreciation
Answer:
(A) Grant

Question 15.
A company may implement share based employees benefit schemes:
(A) Directly
(B) Trust Route
(C) Either (A) or (B)
(D) Neither (A) nor (B)
Answer:
(C) Either (A) or (B)

Question 16.
Which of the following statement is true?
(A) A company may implement share based employees benefit schemes by setting-up revocable trust.
(B) A company cannot implement several schemes as permitted under the SEBI (Share Based Employee Benefits) Regulations, 2014 through a single trust.
(C) Nominee director cannot participate in employees share based benefits schemes.
(D) The company cannot vary the terms of the employees share based benefits schemes.
Answer:
(D) The company cannot vary the terms of the employees share based benefits schemes.

Question 17.
There shall be a minimum vesting period of …………. in case of ESOS.
(A) 3 months
(B) 1 year
(C) 6 months
(D) 3 years
Answer:
(B) 1 year

Question 18.
Shares issued under an ESPS shall be locked-in for a minimum period of …………. from the date of allotment.
(A) 3 months
(B) 1 year
(C) 6 months
(D) 3 years
Answer:
(B) 1 year

Question 19.
Where the right to obtain Shares or Stock Options expires unexercised, the balance standing to the credit of Employee Stock Option Outstanding A/c should be transferred to:
(A) Profit & Loss A/c
(B) General Reserve A/c
(C) Share Based Payment Reserve A/c
(D) Securities Premium A/c
Answer:
(B) General Reserve A/c

Question 20.
Employees Stock Option Outstanding A/c is transitional in nature and is ultimately transferred to:
(A) Share Capital A/c
(B) Securities Premium A/c
(C) General Reserve A/c
(D) Any of the above
Answer:
(D) Any of the above

Question 21.
………. is the excess of the market price of the share under ESOS over the exercise price of the option
(A) Intrinsic Value
(B) Fair Value
(C) Net Asset Value
(D) Vesting Value
Answer:
(D) Vesting Value

Question 22.
On 1.4.2019, a company offered 300 shares to each of its 1,200 employees at ₹ 75 per share. The employees are given a month to accept the shares. The shares issued under the plan shall be subject to lock-in to transfer for 3 years from the grant date ie. 30.4.2019. Market price of shares on the grant date is ₹ 90 per share. Due to post-vesting restrictions, fair value of shares issued under the plan is estimated at ₹ 84 per share. Up to 30.4.2019, 50% of employees accepted the offer and paid ₹ 75 per share. Face value of share is ₹ 10. Expenses to be recognized in year 2019-2020 = ?
(A) ₹ 5,40,000
(B) ₹ 32,40,000
(C) ₹ 16,20,000
(D) ₹ 10,800
Answer:
(C) ₹ 16,20,000
Market price of share on the grant date is not considered as Fair Value is specifically given.
Fair value of an option = × 84 – ×75 = × 9
Number of employees accepting the offer = 1,200 employees × 50% = 600 employees Number of shares issued = 600 employees ₹ 300 shares = 1,80,000 shares
Fair value of ESOS = 1,80,000 shares × ₹ 9 = × 16,20,000
Expenses recognized in 2019-2020 = × 16,20,000 Alternatively,
(84 – 75) × 1,200 employees × 300 shares × 50% = 16,20,000
However, in 2nd year 300 options lapse; hence remaining options are 700.
Fair value of 700 Options = 700 × 120 = 84,000.
Cumulative balance in Employees Stock Option Outstanding A/c up to 2nd year
= 48,000 + 48,000 = 96,000
Hence, excess expenses to be reversed by transfer to General Reserve A/c
= 96,000 – 84,000 = 12,000.

Question 23.
₹ Ltd. has its share capital divided into equity shares of ₹ 10 each. On 1.1.2020 it granted 20,000 employees stock option at ₹ 50 per share, when the market price was ₹ 120 per share. The options were to be exercised between 15.3.2020 & 31.3.2020. The employees exercised their options for 16,000 shares only and the remaining options lapsed. The company closes its books on 31st March every year. Which of the following is correct?
(A) No entry is passed when Stock Options are granted to employees. Hence, no entry will be passed on 1.1.2020.
(B) The difference ₹ 120 – ₹ 50 = ₹ 70 per share is employee compensation expense and will be charged to Profit & Loss A/c for the number of options exercised ie. 16,000 shares by ₹ 11,20,000.
(C) Securities Premium A/c will be credited by ₹ 17,60,000
(D) All of the above
Answer:
(D) All of the above

Question 24.
A company has its share capital divided into shares of ₹ 10 each. On 1.1.2016, it granted 5,000 employees stock option at ₹ 50, when the market price was ₹ 140. The options were to be exercised between 1.3.2017 to 31.3.2017. The employees exercised their options for 4,800 shares only; remaining options lapsed. How much amount will be transferred from Employees Compensation Expenses A/c to Profit & Loss A/c?
(A) ₹ 4,32,000
(B) ₹ 4,36,000 .
(C) ₹ 4,28,000
(D) ₹ 4,44,000
Answer:
(A) ₹ 4,32,000

Question 25.
On 1.4.2019, GP Ltd. offered 100 shares to each of its 500 employees at ₹ 50 per share. Employees are given a year to accept the offer. Shares issued under the plan shall be subject to lock-in on transfer for 3 years from the grant date. Market price of shares on the grant date is ₹ 60 per share. Due to post-vesting restrictions on transfer, the fair value of shares issued under the plan is estimated at ₹ 56 per share. On 31.3.2020, 400 employees accepted the offer and paid ₹ 50 per share, (a) Expenses to be recognized = ?&(?) Securities Premium A/c will be credited by = ?
(A) ₹ 3,40,000; ₹ 20,40,000
(B) ₹ 2,40,000; ₹ 18,40,000
(C) ₹ 2,40,000; ₹ 22,40,000
(D) ₹ 3,40,000; ₹ 18,40,000
Answer:
(B) ₹ 2,40,000; ₹ 18,40,000

Question 26.
A company has its share capital divided into shares of ₹ 10 each. On 1.4.2018, it granted 5,000 shares as employee’s stock options at ₹ 40 per share, when the market price was ₹ 130 per share. The options were to be exercised between 16.12.2018 and 15.3.2019. The employees exercised their options for 4,500 shares only; the remaining options lapsed. Which of the following is correct?
(A) Bank A/c will be debited by ₹ 5,85,000 (4,500 shares ₹ 130)
(B) Equity Share Capital A/c will be credited by ₹ 5,00,000 (5,000 shares × ₹ 10)
(C) Securities Premium A/c will be credited by ₹ 5,40,000 (4,500 shares × ₹ 120)
(D) All of the above
Answer:
(C) Securities Premium A/c will be credited by ₹ 5,40,000 (4,500 shares × ₹ 120)

Question 27.
On 1.1.2016, Tulip Ltd. offered 100 shares of ₹ 10 each to each of its 500 employees at ₹ 30 per share. The employees were given time up to 31.3.2016 to accept the offer. The shares issued under ESOP shall be subject to lock-in-period of 2 years from the grant date. Other details provided are as under:
(i) Market price of shares on the grant date is ₹ 50 per share.
(ii) Fair market value of shares is estimated at ₹ 40 per share.
(iii) On 31.3.2016,400 employees accept-ed offer and paid ₹ 30 per share.
Employees Compensation Expenses A/c will be debited by –
(A) ₹ 4,00,000
(B) ₹ 8,00,000
(C) ₹ 12,00,000
(D) ₹ 2,00,000
Answer:
(A) ₹ 4,00,000

Question 28.
S Ltd. grants 1,000 options to its employees on 1.4.2010 at ₹ 60. The vesting period is 2.5 years. The maximum exercise period is 1 year. Market price on that date is ₹ 90. All the options were exercised on 31.7.2014. F face value of equity share is ₹10 per share. Expenses to be recognized in year 2010-2011,2011-2012 & 2012-2013 = ?
(A) ₹ 14,000; ₹ 10,000; ₹ 6,000
(B) ₹ 10,000; ₹ 10,000; ₹ 10,000
(C) ₹ 12,000; ₹ 12,000; ₹ 6,000
(D) ₹ 15,000; ₹ 10,000; ₹ 4,000
Answer:
(C) ₹ 12,000; ₹ 12,000; ₹ 6,000

Question 29.
Reliance Ltd. grants 1,000 employees stock options on 1.4.2012 at ₹ 40, when market price is ₹ 160. The vesting period is 2.5 years and maximum exercise period is 1 year. 300 unvested options lapse on 31.3.2014. 600 options are exercised on 30.6.2015. 100 vested options lapse at the end of the exercise period. Expenses to be recognized in years 2012-2013, 2013-2014 & 2014-2015 = ?
(A) ₹ 24,000; ₹ 24,000; ₹ 12,000
(B) ₹ 40,000; ₹ 40,000; ₹ 20,000
(C) ₹ 45,000; ₹ 45,000; ₹ 22,500
(D) ₹ 48,000; ₹ 48,000; ₹ 24,000
Answer:
(D) ₹ 48,000; ₹ 48,000; ₹ 24,000

Question 30.
Take the data of above question and state how much amount will be transferred to General Reserve A/c for 300 unvested options lapsed on 31.3.2014?
(A) ₹ 12,000
(B) ₹ 24,000
(C) ₹ 10,000
(D) ₹ 20,000
Answers:
(A) ₹ 12,000

Issue & Redemption of Debentures – Corporate and Management Accounting MCQ

Going through the Issue & Redemption of Debentures – Corporate and Management Accounting CS Executive MCQ Questions with Answers you can quickly revise the concepts.

Issue & Redemption of Debentures – Corporate and Management Accounting MCQs

Question 1.
When face value of debentures is more than issue price then debentures are said to be issued at-
(A) Premium
(B) Discount
(C) Par
(D) None of above
Answer:
(B) Discount

Question 2.
Premium on issue of debentures must be treated as -…………
(A) Revenue Receipt
(B) Deferred Revenue Receipt
(C) Capital Receipt
(D) Capital Loss
Answer:
(C) Capital Receipt

Question 3.
Premium on issue of debentures must be credited to a separate account called: -………..
(A) Debentures Premium Account
(B) Securities Premium Account
(C) Discount on Issue of Debentures
(D) Debentures Profit Account
Answer:
(B) Securities Premium Account

Question 4.
Which of the following type of security can be issued at discount as per Companies Act, 2013
(1) Equity Shares
(2) Sweat Equity Shares
(3) Preference Shares
(4) Debentures
(5) Bonds
Select the correct answer from the options given below -………..
(A) (1) & (3) only
(B) (1), (3) & (4) only
(C) (2), (4) & (5) only
(D) (3), (4) & (5) only
Answer:
(C) (2), (4) & (5) only

Question 5.
The discount on issue of debentures must be treated as -………..
(A) Revenue Loss
(B) Deferred Revenue Receipt
(C) Capital Receipt
(D) Capital Loss
Answer:
(D) Capital Loss

Question 6.
In case of over subscription of debentures each applicant receives the debentures in some proportion, it is known as -………..
(A) Bonus allotment
(B) Right allotment
(C) Per applicant allotment
(D) Pro rata allotment
Answer:
(D) Pro rata allotment

Question 7.
Which of the following security can be forfeited for non-payment of allotment or call money
(I) Equity Shares
(II) Equity Shares, Preference Shares
(III) Preference Shares, Equity Shares & Debentures
(IV) Debentures
Select the correct answer from the options given below –
(A) (I) only
(B) (III) only
(C) (I) & (IV) only
(D) (II) only
Answer:
(D) (II) only

Question 8.
Which of the following security cannot be forfeited for non-payment of allotment or call money
(A) Equity shares
(B) Preference shares
(C) Debentures
(D) Both (A) & (B)
Answer:
(C) Debentures

Question 9.
If a company receives excess application money and the application money equal to debentures issued transferred to 5% Debentures A/c and application money received on excess debentures – some money is adjusted and against allotment and remaining was refunded, then which of the following entry is correct
(A) Issue & Redemption of Debentures – Corporate and Management Accounting MCQ 1
Issue & Redemption of Debentures – Corporate and Management Accounting MCQ 2
Answer:
(B)

Question 10.
Debenture holders are the of the …….. company.
(A) Creditors
(B) Owners
(C) Quasi owner
(D) Deemed owner
Answer:
(A) Creditors

Question 11.
Debenture holders -………..
(A) Have voting rights if interest is not paid for more than 3 years
(B) Have voting rights if interest is not paid for more than 2 years
(C) Have no voting rights
(D) Have voting rights
Answer:
(C) Have no voting rights

Question 12.
Debentures may be issued at -………..
(A) Par
(B) Premium
(C) Discount
(D) Any of above
Answer:
(D) Any of above

Question 13.
Debenture interest is paid at a pre-determined while dividend on equity shares is paid at a…………
(A) Variable Rate, Bank Rate
(B) Variable Rate, Fixed Rate
(C) Fixed Rate, Variable Rate
(D) Fixed Rate, Bench Mark Rate
Answer:
(C) Fixed Rate, Variable Rate

Question 14.
Interest on debentures is the ………. against profits.
(A) Appropriation
(B) Charge
(C) Transfer
(D) None of above
Answer:
(B) Charge

Question 15.
In the company’s balance sheet, debentures are shown under the head –
(A) Secured Loans
(B) Non-Current Liabilities
(C) Current Liabilities
(D) Capital Employed
Answer:
(B) Non-Current Liabilities

Question 16.
Debentures …………. converted into shares as per the terms of issue of debenture.
(A) Can be
(B) Cannot be
(C) Both (A) & (B)
(D) If permitted by SEBI
Answer:
(A) Can be

Question 17.
Debentures …………. for feited for non payment of call moneys.
(A) Can be
(B) Cannot be
(C) Both (A) & (B)
(D) None of above
Answer:
(B) Cannot be

Question 18.
At the time of liquidation, debenture holders are paid-off …………. the shareholders
are paid.
(A) Before
(B) After
(C) At the same time
(D) None of above
Answer:
(A) Before

Question 19.
If the debentures are issued at a price higher than the nominal value of the debentures, the premium should be credited to ……………
(A) General Reserve
(B) Securities Premium Account
(C) Reserve Capital
(D) Profit & Loss Account
Answer:
(B) Securities Premium Account

Question 20.
Discount on issue of debentures is -……….
(A) Revenue loss
(B) Capital profit
(C) Capital loss
(D) Capital receipt
Answer:
(C) Capital loss

Question 21.
Debentures may be issued by a company for -……………..
(A) Cash
(B) Consideration other than cash
(C) As a collateral security
(D) Any of above
Answer:
(D) Any of above

Question 22.
The company may allot debentures to the vendors for acquiring some assets as payment for purchase consideration, such issue of debentures to vendors is known as issue of debentures for –
(A) Cash
(B) Consideration other than cash
(C) With consideration
(D) Without consideration
Answer:
(B) Consideration other than cash

Question 23.
If the value of debentures allotted to vendors for acquiring some assets as payment for purchase consideration is more than the agreed purchase price, the difference is credited to:
(A) Capital reserve account
(B) Debenture suspense account
(C) Goodwill account
(D) Profit & loss account
Answer:
(C) Goodwill account

Question 24.
If the value of debentures allotted to vendors for acquiring some assets as payment for purchase consideration is less than the agreed purchase price, the difference is debited to –
(A) Capital reserve account
(B) Debenture suspense account
(C) Goodwill account
(D) Profit & loss account
Answer:
(A) Capital reserve account

Question 25.
When debentures are issued as collateral security which of the following accounting treatment can be adopted
(A) No accounting entry is required to issue debentures as collateral security.
(B) Pass following entry for issue debentures as collateral security.
Debentures Suspense A/c …………. Dr.
To Debentures A/c
Issue & Redemption of Debentures – Corporate and Management Accounting MCQ 3
(C) (A) or (B)
(D) None of above
Answer:
(C) (A) or (B)

Question 26.
Which of the following statements is TRUE
(A) A debenture holder is an owner of the company.
(B) A debenture holder can get his money back only on the liquidation of the company.
(C) A debenture issued at a discount can be redeemed at a premium.
(D) A debenture holder receives interest only in the event of profits.
Answer:
(C) A debenture issued at a discount can be redeemed at a premium.

Question 27.
Premium on redemption of debentures account appearing in the balance sheet is………….
(A) A real account
(B) A nominal account – income
(C) A personal account
(D) A nominal account – expenditure
Answer:
(C) A personal account

Question 28.
Which of the following statements is FALSE
(A) At maturity, debenture holders get back their money as per the terms and conditions of redemption.
(B) Debentures can be forfeited for non-payment of call money.
(C) In company’s balance sheet, debentures are shown under secured loans.
(D) Interest on debentures is charged against profits.
Answer:
(B) Debentures can be forfeited for non-payment of call money.

Question 29.
Which of the following statements is false
(A) A company can issue convertible debentures.
(B) Debentures cannot be secured.
(C) A company can issue redeemable debentures.
(D) Debentures have no right to participate in profits over and above their fixed interest.
Answer:
(B) Debentures cannot be secured.

Question 30.
Debenture interest –
(A) is payable only in case of profits.
(B) Accumulates in case of losses or inadequate profits.
(C) is payable after the payment of preference dividend but before the payment of equity dividend.
(B) Debentures cannot be secured.
Answer:
(B) Debentures cannot be secured.

Question 31.
Which of the following is NOT a characteristic of Bearer Debentures
(A) They are treated as negotiable instruments.
(B) Their transfer requires a deed of transfer.
(C) They are transferable by mere delivery.
(D) The interest on it is paid to the holder irrespective of identity
Answer:
(B) Their transfer requires a deed of transfer.

Question 32.
When debentures are issued as collateral security, the final entry for recording the collateral debentures in the books is:
(A) Credit Debentures A/c. and debit Cash A/c
(B) Debit Debenture suspense A/c and credit Cash A/c
(C) Debit Debenture suspense A/c and credit Debentures A/c
(D) Debit cash A/c and credit the loan A/c for which security is given
Answer:
(C) Debit Debenture suspense A/c and credit Debentures A/c

Question 33.
Debentures can be ……………
I. Mortgage Debentures or Simple Debentures.
II. Registered Debentures or Bearer Debentures.
III. Redeemable Debentures or Irredeemable Debentures.
IV. Convertible Debentures or Non-convertible Debentures
Select the correct answer from the options given below.
(A) Both (I) and (II) above
(B) Both (I) and (HI) above
(C) Both (II) and (III) above
(D) All of (I), (II), (III) and (IV) above
Answer:
(D) All of (I), (II), (III) and (IV) above

Question 34.
Which of the following statements is false
(A) Debenture is a form of public borrowing.
(B) It is customary to prefix debentures with the agreed rate of interest in case of fixed interest.
(C) Debenture interest is a charge against profits.
(D) The issue price and redemption value of debentures cannot differ.
Answer:
(D) The issue price and redemption value of debentures cannot differ.

Question 35.
Interest on debentures is calculated on:-……….
(A) Its face value
(B) Its issue price
(C) Its market price
(D) Its redemption price
Answer:
(A) Its face value

Question 36.
Which of the following is true with regard to 10% Debentures issued at a discount of 20%?
(A) The carrying amount of debentures gets reduced each Year at a rate of 20%.
(B) Issue price and the carrying amount of debentures are equal.
(C) At the time of redemption, the debenture holder will be paid the issue price.
(D) The face value and the carrying amount of debentures are equal.
Answer:
(D) The face value and the carrying amount of debentures are equal.

Question 37.
Discount on issue of debentures is a:………….
(A) Revenue loss to be charged in the year of issue.
(B) Capital loss to be written off from capital reserve.
(C) Capital loss to be written off over the tenure of the debentures.
(D) Capital loss to be shown as goodwill.
Answer:
(C) Capital loss to be written off over the tenure of the debentures.

Question 38.
When debentures are issued as collateral security against any loan then holder of such debentures is entitled to:
(A) Interest only on the amount of loan.
(B) Interest only on the face value of debentures.
(C) Interest both on the amount of the loan and on the debentures.
(D) None of the above.
Answer:
(A) Interest only on the amount of loan.

Question 39.
When debentures are redeemable at different dates, the total amount of discount on issue of debentures should be written off:
(A) Every year by applying the sum of the year’s digit method
(B) Every year by applying the straight line method
(C) To profit and loss account in full in the year of final or last redemption
(D) To profit and loss account in full in the year of first redemption.
Answer:
(A) Every year by applying the sum of the year’s digit method

Question 40.
Non convertible debentures refer to -……….
(A) Owner’s capital
(B) Loan capital
(C) Short term fund
(D) Deferred investment
Answer:
(B) Loan capital

Question 41.
“Interest accrued & due on debentures’’ is shown -……….
(A) Under debentures
(B) As other current liabilities
(C) As provisions
(D) As a reduction of bank balance
Answer:
(B) As other current liabilities

Question 42.
“Interest accrued & not due on debentures” is shown -……….
(A) Under debentures
(B) As current liabilities
(C) As provisions
(D) As a reduction of bank balance
Answer:
(B) As current liabilities

Question 43.
Tax deducted at source on interest on debenture is shown as -……….
(A) Expense
(B) Asset
(C) Liability
(D) Income
Answer:
(C) Liability

Question 44.
Debenture premium cannot be used -……….
(A) Write off the premium on redemption of shares or debenture
(B) Write off the discount on issue of debentures
(C) Pay dividends
(D) Write off capital losses
Answer:
(C) Pay dividends

Question 45.
Debentures can be redeemed out of -………….
(A) Profits
(B) Provisions
(C) Capital
(D) Any of the above
Answer:
(D) Any of the above

Question 46.
Debentures normally cannot be redeemed at -………….
(A) Premium
(B) Discount
(C) Par
(D) All of the above
Answer:
(B) Discount

Question 47.
If debentures are issued at discount and redeemed at premium -………….
(A) Loss on Issue of Debentures A/c is debited
(B) Debentures A/c is credited
(C) Premium on Redemption of Debentures A/c is credited.
(D) All of the above are correct.
Answer:
(D) All of the above are correct.

Question 48.
Profit on cancellation of debentures is transferred to -………..
(A) Capital reserve
(B) Capital redemption reserve
(C) Profit & loss account
(D) General reserve
Answer:
(A) Capital reserve

Question 49.
As a sound accounting policy when debentures are redeemed amount equal to -………..
(A) Redemption price is transferred to profit & loss account.
(B) Original issue price is transferred to general reserve account.
(C) Redemption price is transferred to general reserve account
(D) Face value is transferred to general reserve account
Answer:
(D) Face value is transferred to general reserve account

Question 50.
Statement I:
Debentures can be converted into shares as per the terms of issue of debentures.
Statement II:
Shares cannot be converted into debentures in any circumstances.
Select the correct answer from the options given below –
(A) Statement I is true while Statement II is false.
(B) Statement II is true while Statement I is false.
(C) Statement I and Statement II both are false.
(D) Statement I and Statement II both are true.
Answer:
(D) Statement I and Statement II both are true.

Question 51.
Arrange the priority of payment in case of liquidation of company:
I. Preference shares holders II. Secured creditors
III. Equity shareholders
IV. Unsecured creditors
V. Debenture holders
Select the correct answer from the options given below –
(A) II, IV, V,I, III
(B) II, V, IV, I, III
(C) II, V,I, IV, IV
(D) II,I,III, IV
Answer:
(B) II, V, IV, I, III

Question 52.
Discount on issue of debentures, being a capital loss must be shown -…………..
(A) On the assets side under the heading “Miscellaneous Expenditures”.
(B) As deduction from the “Non-current Liabilities” on the liability side of the balance sheet.
(C) As deduction from the “Shareholders Funds” on the liability side of the balance sheet.
(D) As foot note to balance sheet.
Answer:
(C) As deduction from the “Shareholders Funds” on the liability side of the balance sheet.

Question 53.
Sound business policy demands that discount on issue of debenture should be written off -…………
(A) As quickly as possible
(B) In 5 years
(C) In 10 years
(D) As agreed at the time of issue
Answer:
(A) As quickly as possible

Question 54.
Which of the following is not a method of writing off discount on issue of debentures
(A) Fixed instalment method
(B) Fluctuating instalment method
(C) Adjusted discount policy method
(D) All of the above
Answer:
(C) Adjusted discount policy method

Question 55.
If the company acquires some assets from the vendor and instead of paying the vendor in cash, the company may allots debentures in payment of purchase consideration. In such case if the face value of debentures issued is more than value of assets acquired then difference will be -……………..
(A) Credited to capital reserve account
(B) Debited goodwill account
(C) Credited to premium on debentures account
(D) Credited to profit and loss account
Answer:
(B) Debited goodwill account

Question 56.
If the company acquires some assets from the vendor and instead of paying the vendor in cash, the company may allots debentures in payment of purchase consideration. In such case if the face value of debentures issued is less than value of assets acquired then difference will be -…………
(A) Credited to capital reserve account
(B) Debited goodwill account
(C) Credited to premium on debentures account
(D) Credited to profit and loss account
Answer:
(A) Credited to capital reserve account

Question 57.
Debentures Suspense Account -…………
(A) Is treated as deferred asset account.
(B) Is shown on assets side of the balance sheet under the head ‘Current Assets’.
(C) Is capital loss and must be written off over the tenure of the debentures.
(D) Is shown on assets side of the balance sheet under the head ‘Non-Current Assets’.
Answer:
(D) Is shown on assets side of the balance sheet under the head ‘Non-Current Assets’.

Question 58.
Who of the following is not required to create Debenture Redemption Reserve
(A) All India Financial Institutions
(B) NBFCs
(C) Infrastructure companies
(D) All of the above
Answer:
(A) All India Financial Institutions

Question 59.
Every company required to create DRR shall on or before the 30th day of April in each year, invest or deposit, as the case may be, a sum which shall not be less than of the amount of its debentures maturing during the year ending on the 31st day of March of the next year
(A) 100%
(B) 50%
(C) 25%
(D) 15%
Answer:
(D) 15%

Question 60.
An other name of Debenture Redemption Fund Method is –
(A) Sum of year digit method
(B) Depreciation fund method
(C) Double decline method
(D) None of the above
Answer:
(D) None of the above

Question 61.
An other name of Debenture Redemption Fund Method is –
(A) Redemption Fund Method
(B) Sinking Fund Method
(C) Both (A) and (B)
(D) Neither (A) nor (B)
Answer:
(C) Both (A) and (B)

Question 62.
Debenture redemption fund investment account will appear on the assets side of the balance sheet under the head while debenture redemption fund account will appear on the liabilities side under the head
(A) Reserves & Surplus; Non-Current Assets
(B) Non-Current Assets; Reserves & Surplus
(C) Investments; Reserves & Surplus
(D) Current Assets; Non-Current Liabilities
Answer:
(B) Non-Current Assets; Reserves & Surplus

Question 63.
Which of the following is correct journal entry for annual contribution to sinking fund created for redemption of debentures
Issue & Redemption of Debentures – Corporate and Management Accounting MCQ 4
Answer:
(C)

Question 64.
Loss on sale of Debenture Redemption Fund Investment account must be set-off against -…………
(A) Profit & loss account
(B) General reserve account
(C) Sinking fund account
(D) All of the above
Answer:
(C) Sinking fund account

Question 65.
If the purchase price for the debentures includes interest for the expired period, the quotation is said to be -…………
(A) Ex-interest
(B) Cum-interest
(C) Carrying interest
(D) Sinking interest
Answer:
(C) Carrying interest

Question 66.
If nothing is stated, purchase & sale of debentures, government securities should be taken to be on -…………
(A) Cum-interest
(B) Ex-interest basis
(C) (A) or (B) at the option of seller
(D) (A) or (B) at the option buyer
Answer:
(B) Ex-interest basis

Question 67.
Which of the following statement is true (✓) and which is false (X)?
P. A debenture holder receives interest only in the event of profits.
Q. A debenture issued at discount originally cannot be redeemed at premium.
R. Debenture holder is owner of the company.
S. A debenture holder can get back is money only at the time of liquidation.
Select the correct answer from the options given below –
Issue & Redemption of Debentures – Corporate and Management Accounting MCQ 5
Answer:
(D)

Question 68.
If debentures are issued at discount but redeemable at premium then -…………
(A) Loss on Issue of Debentures A/c will be credited
(B) Debentures A/c will be debited
(C) Loss on Issue of Debentures A/c will be debited
(D) Premium on Redemption of Debentures A/c will be debited
Answer:
(C) Loss on Issue of Debentures A/c will be debited

Question 69.
Debenture issued at par but redeemable at price less than face value then -…………
(A) Loss must be debited to Loss on Issue of Debenture A/c
(B) Profit on redemption will be ignored and Bank A/c and Debentures A/c both will be recorded at face value.
(C) Premium on Redemption of Debenture A/c must be credited.
(D) None of the above
Answer:
(B) Profit on redemption will be ignored and Bank A/c and Debentures A/c both will be recorded at face value.

Question 70.
Correct entry to transfer interest received on sinking fund investment is -…………
(A) Debit Interest on Sinking Fund Investment A/c and Credit Profit & Loss A/c
(B) Debit Profit & Loss A/c and Credit Interest on Sinking Fund Investment A/c
(C) Debit Interest on Sinking Fund Investment A/c and Credit Sinking Fund A/c
(D) Debit Sinking Fund A/c and Credit Interest on Sinking Fund Investment A/c
Answer:
(C) Debit Interest on Sinking Fund Investment A/c and Credit Sinking Fund A/c

Question 71.
ZPA Ltd. issued 10,000,12% Debentures of ₹ 100 each at per payable in full on application by 1st April, 2019. Applications were received for 11,000 Debenture. Debentures were allotted on 7th April, 2019. Excess money was refunded. Amount that will appear in balance sheet as “12% Debenture” = ?
(A) ₹ 11,00,000
(B) ₹ 10,00,000
(C) ₹ 9,00,000
(D) ₹ 10,80,000
Answer:
(B) ₹ 10,00,000
In balance sheet face of debenture issued will appear. 10,000 × 100 = 10,00,000

Question 72.
Z Ltd. issued 10,000, 12% Debentures of ₹ 100 each at a discount of 10% payable in full on application by 31st May, 2019. Applications were received for 12,000 debentures. Debentures were allotted on 9th June 2019. Excess monies were refunded on the same date. Amount that will appear in balance sheet as “12% Debenture” = ?
(A) ₹ 11,00,000
(B) ₹ 10,00,000
(C) ₹ 9,00,000
(D) ₹ 10,80,000
Answer:
(B) ₹ 10,00,000
In balance sheet face of debenture issued will appear even though debentures are issued at discount. 10,000 × 100 = 10,00,000.

Question 73.
ZPA Ltd. issued 10,000,12% Debentures of ₹ 100 each at ₹ 94 on 1st January, 2010. Under the terms of issue, the debentures are redeemable at the end of 8 years from the date of the issue. Calculate the amount of discount to be written-off in each of the 8 years.
(A) ₹ 8,000
(B) ₹ 7,500
(C) ₹ 6,000
(D) ₹ 5,000
Answer:
(B) ₹ 7,500
Issue & Redemption of Debentures – Corporate and Management Accounting MCQ 20

Question 74.
HDC Ltd. issued 10,000,12% Debentures of ₹ 100 each at ₹ 94 on 1st January 2010. Under the term of issue, 1 / 5th of the debentures are annually redeemable by drawings, the first redemption occurring on 31 st December 2010. Calculate the amount of discount to be written off in 2010 & 2011.
(A) ₹ 20,000 & 16,000
(B) ₹ 16,000 & ₹ 12,000
(C) ₹ 16,000 & ₹ 12,000
(D) ₹ 12,000 & ₹ 8,000
Answer:
(A) ₹ 20,000 & 16,000
Issue & Redemption of Debentures – Corporate and Management Accounting MCQ 21

Question 75.
Z Ltd. issued 10% Debentures of ₹ 10 to a vendor having face value ₹ 2,50,000 for purchase of fixed assets of ₹ 2,00,000. No. of debentures to issued to vendors = ?
(A) 25,000 debentures
(B) 20,000 debentures
(C) 10,000 debentures
(D) 30,000 debentures
Answer:
(A) 25,000 debentures
Debenture A/c is always credited by face value whether debentures are issued at par, discount or premium.
Issue & Redemption of Debentures – Corporate and Management Accounting MCQ 22

Question 76.
X Ltd. obtained loan from IDBI of ₹ 10,00,000, giving as collateral security of ₹ 15,00,000, 14% Debenture on 1st April 2019. Which of the following accounting treatment is correct to issue debenture as collateral security
(A) No accounting entry is required
(B) Debenture Suspense A/c Dr. — 15,00,000
To 1496 Debentures A/c — 15,00,000
(C) Either (A) or (B)
(D) None of above
Answer:
(C) Either (A) or (B)

Question 77.
Following data is available from the records of NS Ltd.:
Issued capital — ₹ 20,00,000
Call, in arrear — ₹10,000
P & L A/c on 1.4.2018 ₹ 67,000
Profit for the year ₹ 1,90,610
Company wants to create debenture redemption reserve and transfer ₹ 50,000 every year. Company declared 10% dividend. Balance of surplus after effecting the above transaction = ?
(A) ₹ 6,000
(B) ₹ 6,810
(C) ₹ 68,100
(D) ₹ 8,610
Answer:
(D) ₹ 8,610
Dividend = (20,00,000 – 10,000) × 10% = 1,99,000
67,000 + 1,90,610 – 50,000 – 1,99,000 = 8,610

Question 78.
Z Ltd. issued ₹ 1,00,000 debenture at a discount of 6% on 1.1.2019 repayable in 5 equal instalments. Discount to be written off in each 5 calendar year -………….
(A) ₹ 900, ₹ 1,200, ₹ 1,200, ₹ 1,200 & ₹ 300 in 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th & 5th year
(B) ₹ 2,000, ₹ 1,600, ₹ 1,200, ₹ 800 & ₹ 400 in 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th & 5th year
(C) ₹ 400, ₹ 800,? 1,200,? 1,600 & ₹ 2,000 in 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th & 5th year
(D) ₹ 1,200, ₹ 1,200, ₹ 1,200, ₹ 1,200 & ₹ 1,200 in 1 st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th & 5 th year
Answer:
(B) ₹ 2,000, ₹ 1,600, ₹ 1,200, ₹ 800 & ₹ 400 in 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th & 5th year
Issue & Redemption of Debentures – Corporate and Management Accounting MCQ 23

Question 79.
Moon Ltd. issued 5,000 debentures of ₹ 100 each at a discount of 10%. The expenses on issue amounted to ₹ 20,000. The company wants to redeem the debentures at the rate of ₹ 1,00,000 each year commencing with the end of 5 th year. How much discount and expenses should be written off in each year.
(A) ₹ 10,000, ₹ 10,000, ₹ 10,000, ₹ 10,000, ₹ 10,000, ₹ 8,000, ₹ 6,000, ₹ 4,000, ₹ 2,000 in each year respectively
(B) ₹ 10,000, ₹ 10,000, ₹ 10,000, ₹ 10,000, ₹ 10,000, ₹ 4,000, ₹ 6,000, ₹ 6,000, ₹ 8,000 in each year respectively
(C) ₹ 2,000, ₹ 6,000, ₹ 8,000, ₹ 10,000, ₹ 10,000, ₹ 10,000, ₹ 10,000, ₹ 10,000, ₹ 10,000 in each year respectively
(D) ₹ 7,000, ₹ 7,000, ₹7,000, ₹ 7,000, ₹ 7,000, ₹ 7,000, ₹ 7,000, ₹ 7,000, ₹ 7,000 in each year respectively
Answer:
(A) ₹ 10,000, ₹ 10,000, ₹ 10,000, ₹ 10,000, ₹ 10,000, ₹ 8,000, ₹ 6,000, ₹ 4,000, ₹ 2,000 in each year respectively
Issue & Redemption of Debentures – Corporate and Management Accounting MCQ 24

Question 80.
Ganga Ltd. purchased fixed asset of ₹ 2,00,000. The consideration was paid by issue of 12% Debenture of ₹ 100 each at discount of 20%. The debenture A/c to be credited with –
(A) ₹ 1,60,000
(B) ₹ 2,40,000
(C) ₹ 2,50,000
(D) ₹ 2,60,000
Answer:
(A) ₹ 1,60,000
No. of debentures to be issued = \(\frac{2,00,000}{80}=2,500\)
Debenture A/c is always credited by face value. 2,500 × 100 = 2,50,000

Question 81.
N Ltd. purchased fixed asset of ₹ 4,00,000 out of ₹ 1,30,000 paid in cash and balance in debentures. The consideration was paid by the issue of 12% Debenture of ₹ 100 each at 10% discount.
No. of debentures to be issued = ?
(A) 3,000 debentures
(B) 4,000 debentures
(C) 4,444 debentures
(D) 30,000 debentures
Answer:
(A) 3,000 debentures
No. of debentures to be issued = \(\frac{2,70,000}{90}=3,000\)

Question 82.
F Ltd. purchased Machinery from G Company for a book value of ₹ 4,00,000. The consideration was paid by issue of 10% debentures of ₹ 100 each at a premium of 25%. The debenture account was credited with …… .
(A) ₹ 4,00,000
(B) ₹ 5,00,000
(C) ₹ 3,20,000
(D) ₹ 4,80,000
Answer:
(C) ₹ 3,20,000
No. of debentures to be issued = \(\frac{4,00,000}{125}=3,200\)
Debenture A/c is always credited by face value. 3,200 × 100 = 3,20,000

Question 83.
T Ltd. has issued 14% Debentures of ₹ 20,00,000 at a discount of 10% on April 1, 2017 and the company pays interest half-yearly on June 30, and December 31 every year. On March 31,2019, the amount shown as “interest accrued but not due” in the Balance Sheet will be -………..
(A) ₹ 70,000
(B) ₹ 2,10,000
(C) ₹ 1,40,000
(D) ₹ 2,80,000
Answer:
(A) ₹ 70,000
1.1.2019 to 31.3.2019: 20,00,000 × 14% × 3/12 = 70,000

Question 84.
On May 1, 2018, UWB Ltd. issued 7% 10,000 convertible debentures of ₹ 100 each at a premium of 20%. Interest is payable on September 30 and March 31 every year. Assuming that the interest runs from the date of issue, the total amount of interest expenditure debited to profit and loss account for the year ended March 31, 2019 will be:
(A) ₹ 70,000
(B) ₹ 58,333
(C) ₹ 84,000
(D) ₹ 64,167
Answer:
(D) ₹ 64,167
1.5.2018 to 31.3.2019: 10,00,000 × 7% × 11/12 = 64,167

Question 85.
W Ltd. issued 20,000,8% debentures of ₹ 10 each at par, which are redeemable after 5 years at a premium of 20%. The amount of loss on redemption of debentures to be written off every year will be:………..
(A) ₹ 40,000
(B) ₹ 10,000
(C) ₹ 20,000
(D) ₹ 8,000
Answer:
(D) ₹ 8,000
Premium on redemption = 20,000 × 10 × 20% = 40,000
Premium to be written off every year = 40,000/5 = 8,000

Question 86.
P Ltd. issued 5,000, 12% debentures of ₹ 100 each at a premium of 10%, which are redeemable after 10 years at a premium of 20%. The amount of loss on redemption of debentures to be written off every year = ………….
(A) ₹ 80,000
(B) ₹ 40,000
(C) ₹ 10,000
(D) ₹ 8,000
Answer:
(C) ₹ 10,000
Premium on redemption = 5,000 × 100 × 20% = 1,00,000
Premium to be written off every year = 1,00,000/10 = 10,000

Question 87.
Rama Ltd. issued 40,000,8% debentures of ₹ 10 each which are redeemable after 5 years at a premium of 20%. The amount of loss on redemption of Debentures to be written of every year will be -………….
(A) ₹ 80,000
(B) ₹ 20,000
(C) ₹ 8,000
(D) ₹ 16,000
Answer:
(A) ₹ 80,000
40,000 × 10 × 20% = 80,000

Question 88.
On 1st July, 2017 a company issued 2,500, 9% debentures of ₹ 100 each at a discount of 10%. The debentures were redeemable by five annual drawings of ₹ 50,000 on 31 st March each year. Calculate the amount of discount on debentures to be written off at the end of each year on 31st March.
(A) ₹ 6,818, ₹ 7,273, ₹ 5,455, ₹ 3,636, ₹ 1,818 for the year ended 31.3.2018 to 31.3.2022.
(B) ₹ 6,188, ₹ 7,723, ₹ 5,545, ₹ 3,366, ₹ 1,188 for the year ended 31.3.2018 to 31.3.2022.
(C) ₹ 6,881, ₹ 7,237, ₹ 5,455, ₹ 3,663, ₹ 1,881 for the year ended 31.3.2018 to 31.3.2022.
(D) None of the above is correct
Answer:
(A) ₹ 6,818, ₹ 7,273, ₹ 5,455, ₹ 3,636, ₹ 1,818 for the year ended 31.3.2018 to 31.3.2022.
Total discount = 2,500 × 10 = 25,000
Issue & Redemption of Debentures – Corporate and Management Accounting MCQ 25

Question 89.
Following journal entry appears in the books of KAKA Ltd.:
Issue & Redemption of Debentures – Corporate and Management Accounting MCQ 6
Debentures must have been issued for –
(A) Discount of 6%
(B) Discount of 4%
(C) Discount of 10%
(D) Premium of 6%
Answer:
(B) Discount of 4%

Question 90.
P Ltd. issues 8% Debenture of ₹ 100 at a discount of 5%, redeemable at the end of 5 years at par. Which of the following entry is correct.
Issue & Redemption of Debentures – Corporate and Management Accounting MCQ 7
Answer:
(B)

Question 91.
Janardhan Ltd. issued 40,00,000, 15% Debentures at 8% discount. Debentures are to be redeemed as per schedule given below:
Issue & Redemption of Debentures – Corporate and Management Accounting MCQ 8
Amount of discount to be written off in each the 5 calendar years –
(A) ₹ 80,000, ₹ 80,000, ₹ 72,000, ₹ 56,000, ₹ 32,000 in years 1 to 5.
(B) ₹ 64,000 every year
(C) ₹ 32,000, ₹ 32,000, ₹ 28,800, ₹ 25,600,₹ 12,800 in years 1 to 5.
(D) ₹ 3,20,000 in last year
Answers:
(A) ₹ 80,000, ₹ 80,000, ₹ 72,000, ₹ 56,000, ₹ 32,000 in years 1 to 5.
Issue & Redemption of Debentures – Corporate and Management Accounting MCQ 26

Question 92.
Q Ltd. issues 11% Debenture of ₹ 100 at par, redeemable at the end of 5 years at a premium of 5%. Which of the following entry is correct.
Issue & Redemption of Debentures – Corporate and Management Accounting MCQ 9
(A) 15%
(B) 10%
(C) 5%
(D) 20%
Answers:
(D) 20%

Question 93.
Following journal entry appears in the books of KAKA Ltd.:
Issue & Redemption of Debentures – Corporate and Management Accounting MCQ 10
Debentures are redeemable at a premium of
(A) 15%
(B) 10%
(C) 5%
(D) 20%
Answers:
(B) 10%

Question 94.
Sana Ltd. issues 13% Debenture of ₹ 100 at a premium of 5%, redeemable at the end of 5 years at a premium of 10%. Which of the following entry is correct
Issue & Redemption of Debentures – Corporate and Management Accounting MCQ 11
Answers:
(B)

Question 95.
Eagle Ltd. issued 15% Debenture of ₹ 100 each at a discount of 5%, but redeemable at a premium of 5% at the end of 4 years then –
(A) Loss on Issue of Debenture A/c will be credited by ₹ 5
(B) Premium on Redemption of Debenture A/c will be debited by ₹ 5
(C) Loss on Issue of Debenture A/c will be debited by ₹ 10
(D) Premium on Redemption of Debenture A/c will be debited by ₹ 10
Answers:
(C) Loss on Issue of Debenture A/c will be debited by ₹ 10

Question 96.
Fortune Ltd. issued 12% debentures of ₹ 100 each at a premium of 5% redeemable at 110% then-
(A) Premium on Redemption of Debenture A/c will be debited by ₹ 15
(B) Securities Premium A/c will be credited by ₹ 15
(C) 12% Debentures A/c will be credited ₹ 105.
(D) Premium on Redemption of Debenture A/c will be credited by ₹ 10
Answers:
(D) Premium on Redemption of Debenture A/c will be credited by ₹ 10

Question 97.
Jaju Ltd. issued ₹ 70,000,12% debentures of ₹ 100 each at a premium of 5% redeemable at 110%. If balance sheet is prepared only for this transaction then balance sheet will tally at –
(A) ₹ 73,500
(B) ₹ 70,000
(C) ₹ 77,000
(D) ₹ 80,500
Answers:
(A) ₹ 73,500
Issue & Redemption of Debentures – Corporate and Management Accounting MCQ 27

Question 98.
R Ltd. issues 12% Debenture of ₹ 100 at a discount of 5%, redeemable at the end of 5 years at a premium of 10%. Which of the following entry is correct
Issue & Redemption of Debentures – Corporate and Management Accounting MCQ 12
Answers:
(C)

Discount on Issue of ₹ 5 can be debited to “Discount on Issue of Debenture A/c” and premium payable on redemption ₹ 10 which is also loss can be debited to “Loss on Issue of Debenture A/c”.

Alternatively total loss 10 + 5 = 15 can be debited to single account “Loss on Issue of Debenture A/c”. Hence both entries are given in (A) and (B) are correct and thus Option (C) is the correct answer.

Question 99.
S Ltd. issued 10,000, 12% debentures of ₹ 100 each at a discount of 5%. These debentures are redeemable at a premium of 10% after 5 years Balance at the end of third year of “Loss on Issue of Debenture A/c” will be –
(A) ₹ 60,000
(B) ₹ 20,000
(C) ₹ 40,000
(D) ₹ 1,00,000
Answers:
(C) ₹ 40,000
Issue & Redemption of Debentures – Corporate and Management Accounting MCQ 28Issue & Redemption of Debentures – Corporate and Management Accounting MCQ 29

Question 100.
₹ Ltd. obtained loan from IDBI of ₹ 10,00,000, giving as collateral security of ₹ 15,00,000, 14% Debenture on 1st April 2019. Which of the following entry is correct
(A) No entry is required to issue debentures.
(B) ₹ 15,00,000 will be debited to Debenture Suspense A/c and ₹ 15,00,000 will be credited to 14% Debenture A/c
(C) Both (A) and (B)
(D) ₹ 10,00,000 will be debited to Debenture Suspense A/c and ₹ 10,00,000 will be credited to 14% Debenture A/c
Answers:
(C) Both (A) and (B)

Question 101.
Z Ltd. issued 10% Debentures to public for cash at 95% having face value ₹ 10,00,000 then –
(A) Goodwill A/c will be debited by ₹ 50,000.
(B) Loss on Issue of Debentures A/c will be credited by ₹ 50,000.
(C) Discount on Debenture A/c will be debited by ₹ 50,000.
(D) 10% Debentures A/c will be credited by ₹ 9,50,000.
Answer:
(C) Discount on Debenture A/c will be debited by ₹ 50,000.

Question 102.
Q Ltd. issued 10% Debentures to a vendor having face value ₹ 2,50,000 for purchase of fixed assets of ₹ 2,00,000 then –
(A) 10% Debentures A/c will be credited by ₹ 2,50,000.
(B) Goodwill A/c will be debited by ₹ 50,000.
(C) Fixed Assets A/c will be debited by ₹ 2,00,000.
(D) All of the above
Answers:
(D) All of the above

Question 103.
₹ Ltd. borrowed ₹ 25,00,000 from a scheduled bank at an annual interest rate of 12% and deposited 14% debentures of the face value of ₹ 40,00,000 as collateral security. If balance sheet is prepared only for this transaction then balance sheet will tally at –
(A) ₹ 65,00,000
(B) ₹ 40,00,000
(C) Either (A) or (B)
(D) ₹ 15,00,000
Answers:
(A) ₹ 65,00,000
Issue & Redemption of Debentures – Corporate and Management Accounting MCQ 33

Question 104.
Mars Ltd. obtained loan of ₹ 5,00,000 on 31 st March, 2016 from a bank by issuing and securing 6,000,12% debentures of ₹ 100 each as collateral security. If balance sheet is prepared only for this transaction then balance sheet will tally at –
(A) ₹ 5,00,000
(B) ₹ 11,00,000
(C) Either (A) or (B)
(D) ₹ 6,00,000
Answers:
(C) Either (A) or (B)
If no entry passed for issue of debenture as collateral security then balance sheet will tally at ₹ 5,00,000. However, if entry is passed for issue of debenture as collateral security then balance sheet will tally at ₹ 11,00,000. Hence Option (C) is correct.

Question 105.
On 1.1.2015 ₹ Ltd. issued 10,000 fifteen years 10% debentures of ₹ 100 each. On 1.4.2020 the company gave notice to the debenture holders of its intention to redeem the debentures on 1.10.2020 either by payment in cash or by allotment of 11% preference shares of ₹ 100 each at ₹ 130 per share or 11% second debenture of ₹ 100 at ₹ 96 per debenture. Holders of 4,000 debentures accepted the offer of the preference shares. How much preference shares will be issued if debentures are redeemed at 496 premium
(A) 3,077 Preference shares
(B) 3,200 Preference shares
(C) 4,160 Preference shares
(D) 3,560 Preference shares
Answers:
(B) 3,200 Preference shares
Total amount due to debenture holder = 4,000 × 104 = 4,16,000
\(\frac{4,16,000}{130}=3,200\) = 3,200 Preference shares

Question 106.
On 1.1.2015 ₹ Ltd. issued 10,000 fifteen years 1096 debentures of ₹100 each. On 1.4.2020 the company gave notice to the debenture holders of its intention to redeem the debentures on 1.10.2020 either by payment in cash or by allotment of 1196 preference shares of ₹ 100 each at₹ 130per share or 1196 second debenture of ₹ 100 at ₹ 96 per debenture. Holders of 4,800 debentures accepted the offer of the 1196 second debentures. How much 1196 second debentures will be issued if debentures are redeemed at 9% premium
(A) 4,430 1196 Second Debentures
(B) 4,920 1196 Second Debentures
(C) 4,608 1196 Second Debentures
(D) 5,200 1196 Second Debentures
Answers:
(D) 5,200 1196 Second Debentures
Total amount due to debenture holder = 4,800 × 104 = 4,99,200
\(\frac{4,99,200}{96}=5,20011 \%\) = Second Debentures

Question 107.
Zenith Ltd. gave notice of its intention to redeem its outstanding ₹ 6,00,000, 996 debentures at 10296 and offered the holders the following options for the redemption to subscribe for:
(i) 696 Cumulative preference shares of ₹ 20 each at ₹ 22.50 per share and
(ii) 1096 Debentures of ₹ 100 each at ₹ 96.
Holders of ₹ 2,40,000 debentures accepted the proposed (i) and ₹ 3,60,000 debenture holders accepted the proposal (iii) above. How much preference shares and debentures will be issued
Issue & Redemption of Debentures – Corporate and Management Accounting MCQ 17
Answers:
(C)
Issue & Redemption of Debentures – Corporate and Management Accounting MCQ 34
No. of preference shares & 11% second debenture to be issued:
\(\frac{2,44,800}{22.5}=10,880\) Preference shares \(\frac{3,67,200}{96}\) = 3,825 10% Second Debenture

Question 108.
On 1st April, 2018, Rosy Ltd. issued 20,0, 1396 debentures of ₹ 100 each at 596 discount. Debenture holders have an option to convert their holdings in 1496 preference shares of ₹ 100 each at a premium of ₹ 25 per share. On 31st March, 2019, one year’s interest has accrued on these debentures and has remained unpaid. All debenture holders notified their intention to convert holdings in 1496 preference shares.
No. of 1496 preference shares to be issued=?
(A) 15,000 preference shares
(B) 19,000 preference shares
(C) 16,800 preference shares
(D) 15,200 preference shares
Answers:
(D) 15,200 preference shares
Issue & Redemption of Debentures – Corporate and Management Accounting MCQ 35

Question 109.
ABC Ltd. issued 1196 debenture at ₹ 95, redeemable at the end of 10 year at 9896. Which of the following entry is correct
Issue & Redemption of Debentures – Corporate and Management Accounting MCQ 18
Issue & Redemption of Debentures – Corporate and Management Accounting MCQ 19
Answers:
(B)
If debenture of ₹ 100 is redeemable after 10 years at ₹ 98 then future profit of ₹ 2 will be ignored today as per principle of conservatism.

Question 110.
On 10.4.2019, Zenith Ltd. issued 12,500, 12% debentures of ₹ 100 each at ₹ 98. Holders of these debentures have an option to convert their holdings into 14% preference shares of ₹ 100 each at a premium of ₹ 25 per share at any time within 3 years. On 31.3.2020, holders of 2,500 debentures notified their intention to exercise the option.
No. of 14% preference shares to be issued=?
(A) 1,960 preference shares
(B) 2,450 preference shares
(C) 2,000 preference shares
(D) 1,690 preference shares
Answers:
(A) 1,960 preference shares
Issue & Redemption of Debentures – Corporate and Management Accounting MCQ 36

Question 111.
On 1.1.2019, Sanjay Ltd. had outstanding in its books 1,000, 12% Debentures of ₹ 100 each. The interest is payable on 30th June & 31 st December. On 1.3.2019 the directors acquired in the open market Debentures of ₹ 10,000 @ ₹ 98.00 (cum-interest) for immediate cancellation. For this transaction Debenture Redemption A/c will be debited by –
(A) ₹ 9,600
(B) ₹ 9,800
(C) ₹ 10,000
(D) ₹ 9,700
Answers:
(A) ₹ 9,600
Issue & Redemption of Debentures – Corporate and Management Accounting MCQ 37

Question 112.
On 1.1.2019, Mumtaz Ltd. had outstanding in its books 1,000, 12% Debentures of ₹ 100 each. The interest is payable on 30th June & 31st December. On 1st Nov, 2019 the directors acquired in the open market Debentures of ₹ 5,000 @ ₹ 98.50 (ex-interest) for immediate cancellation. Cash outflow for given transaction is –
(A) ₹ 4,925
(B) ₹ 5,000
(C) ₹ 5,125
(D) ₹ 5,230
Answers:
(C) ₹ 5,125
4,925 (ex-interest price) + 200 (interest) = 5,125 (cum interest price)

Question 113.
A company purchased 200, 12% debentures of ₹ 100 each at ₹ 97 on cum interest basis on 1st July, 2019 for immediate cancellation. Interest is payable on 30th September and 31st March each year. Profit on cancellation of debentures is -……………
(A) ₹ 1,000
(B) ₹ 1,100
(C) ₹ 1,200
(D) ₹ 900
Answers:
(C) ₹ 1,200
Issue & Redemption of Debentures – Corporate and Management Accounting MCQ 38

Question 114.
ABC Ltd. had ₹ 10,00,000, 6% Debentures of ₹ 100 each as on 31st March, 2018. Company purchased in the open market following debentures for immediate cancellation:
On 1.7.2019: 1,000 Debentures @ ₹ 97 cum-interest
On 28.2.2019: 1,800 Debentures (5) ₹ 99 ex-interest.
Debenture interest due dates are 30th September and 31st March.
Profit on cancellation of debentures is –
(A) ₹ 3,600
(B) ₹ 6,300
(C) ₹ 6,500
(D) ₹ 4,900
Answers:
(B) ₹ 6,300
Issue & Redemption of Debentures – Corporate and Management Accounting MCQ 39
Ex-interest price i.e. total cost = 95,500 + 1,78,200 = 2,73,700
Profit on cancellation = Face value – Ex-intcrcst price
= 2,80,000 – 2,73,700
= 6,300

Question 115.
On 1st April, 2016 Kapil Ltd. had made an issue of 2,000, 6% debentures of ₹ 100 each. The Company during the year 2017-2018 purchased for cancellation 500 of these debentures. Company paid ₹ 95 per debenture for 400 debentures and ₹ 98 per debenture for the rest. The expenses on purchase amounted to ₹ 200. Amount to be transferred to Capital Reserve will be –
(A) ₹ 2,000
(B) ₹ 1,800
(C) ₹ 2,400
(D) ₹ 2,600
Answers:
(A) ₹ 2,000
Profit on cancellation comes to 2,200 to and after deducting expenses of ₹ 200, net amount of ₹ 2,000 will be transferred to Capital Reserve.

Question 116.
Z Ltd. had issued 1,000,6% Debentures of ₹ 100 each. Company on 1.3.2018 purchased 50 of its debentures at ₹ 96 each cum-interest. Interest payable on 30th June and 31st December. Investment in Own Debenture A/c will be debited by –
(A) ₹ 4,750
(B) ₹ 4,800
(C) ₹ 5,750
(D) ₹ 5,800
Answers:
(A) ₹ 4,750
Investment in Own Debenture A/c will be debited by ex-interest price.
Issue & Redemption of Debentures – Corporate and Management Accounting MCQ 40

Question 117.
Sinking fund investment appeared in the books of P Ltd. on 1.1.2018 at ₹ 3,00,000 which was represented by 10% ₹ 3,60,000 secured bonds of Government of India. Company sold the investments at 80%. Profit or loss on sale of investment is –
(A) ₹ 12,000 profit
(B) ₹ 60,000 profit
(C) ₹ 60,000 loss
(D) ₹ 12,000 loss
Answers:
(D) ₹ 12,000 loss
Issue & Redemption of Debentures – Corporate and Management Accounting MCQ 41

Question 118.
Following balances appeared in the books of R Ltd. on 1.4.2019:
(a) Debenture Redemption Fund ₹ 90,000 represented by investments of an equal amount (nominal value ₹ 1,12,500).
(b) 12% debentures stood at ₹ 1,35,000.
Company sold investments of ₹ 48,000 at ₹ 54,000. Debentures of ₹ 45,000 were redeemed at a premium of 20-%.
Closing balance of Debenture Redemption Fund A/c after giving effect to above transactions will be
(A) ₹ 87,000
(B) ₹ 42,000
(C) ₹ 45,000
(D) ₹ 96,000
Answers:
(B) ₹ 42,000

Question 119.
On 31.12.2018, B Ltd. showed in their accounts debenture redemption fund of ₹ 1,50,000 which was represented by ₹ 1,51,000, 5% municipal bonds purchased for ₹ 1,50,000. On 28.2.2019, the company had a balance of ₹ 28,000 at their bank and they paid into the bank account, the proceeds of sale of foregoing investments for ₹ 1,50,500. On 1st March, 2019, the debentures of the value of ₹ 1,50,000 were paid. How much amount will be transferred to General Reserve A/c out of Debenture Redemption Fund A/c after giving effect to above transactions
(A) ₹ 1,50,500
(B) ₹ 1,50,000
(C) ₹ 1,51,258
(D) ₹ 1,49,242
Answers:
(A) ₹ 1,50,500
Issue & Redemption of Debentures – Corporate and Management Accounting MCQ 42

Question 120.
Following balances appeared in the books of N Ltd.:
12% Debentures — ₹ 8,00,000
12%DebentureSinkingFund — ₹6,00,000
Sinking Fund Investments — ₹ 6,00,000
10% Govt. Bonds of — ₹ 7,20,000
Balance at bank was ₹ 3,28,000 before receipt of interest. Company sold the investments at 80% and debentures were redeemed. Closing bank balance after giving effect to above transactions will be:
(A) ₹ 9,76,000
(B) ₹ 80,000
(C) ₹ 1,04,000
(D) ₹ 1,53,000
Answers:
(A) ₹ 9,76,000
Issue & Redemption of Debentures – Corporate and Management Accounting MCQ 43

Question 121.
G Ltd. had issued 12%, ₹ 10,00,000 debentures @ ₹ 100 in the past. For the purpose of redemption, it maintains a debenture redemption fund with an annual contribution of ₹ 90,000. Balance of fund stood at ₹ 4,50,000 represented by 6%, ₹ 5,00,000 government loan. ₹ 2,00,000 government loan was sold @ ₹ 93.50 and the proceeds were utilized to purchase debentures for cancellation @ ₹ 85 each. Assume that ₹ 20,000 debentures have been redeemed out of capital and the balance with face value of ₹ 1,80,000 has been redeemed out of debenture redemption fund account. Closing balance of Debenture Redemption Fund A/c after giving effect to above transactions will be:
(A) ₹ 3,90,000
(B) ₹ 5,70,000
(C) ₹ 6,07,000
(D) ₹ 3,60,000
Answers:
(A) ₹ 3,90,000
Issue & Redemption of Debentures – Corporate and Management Accounting MCQ 44

Question 122.
Following balances stood in books X Ltd.:
3.50.0. 6% Delhi Govt. Bonds 3,56,300
4.0. 000.5% Punjab Water Loan 3,20,340
3.0. 000, 8% Goa Govt. Loan 3,08,550
80.0, 7% Gurgaon Gramin 80,210 Loan
Investments were sold as follows:
6% Delhi Govt. Bond — at par
5% Punjab Water Loan — at ₹ 91
8% Goa Govt. Loan at — ₹ 109
7% Gurgaon Gramin Loan at — ₹ 103
How much profit will be transferred to debenture redemption fund account on sale of above investments
(A) ₹ 63,400
(B) ₹ 58,000
(C) ₹ 46,300
(D) ₹ 34,600
Answers:
(B) ₹ 58,000
Issue & Redemption of Debentures – Corporate and Management Accounting MCQ 45

Question 123.
Following balances appeared in the books of Bright Ltd.:
(a) Sinking fund account ₹ 50,000
(b) Sinking fund investment account ₹ 48,000 (10% Govt, securities, nominal value ₹ 45,000)
(c) 12% Debenture account ₹ 1,00,000.
Company sold ₹ 30,000 Govt, securities at 110% and redeemed part of the debentures at a premium of 10%. Closing balance of Sinking Fund A/c will be
(A) ₹ 48,000
(B) ₹ 17,000
(C) ₹ 18,000
(D) ₹ 21,000
Answers:
(C) ₹ 18,000
Issue & Redemption of Debentures – Corporate and Management Accounting MCQ 46
Issue & Redemption of Debentures – Corporate and Management Accounting MCQ 47

Question 124.
Following balances appeared in the books of R Ltd.:
12% Debentures – ₹ 8,00,000 Sinking fund – ₹ 7,00,000
Sinking fund investment – ₹ 7,00,000 (Represented by 10% ₹ 7,50,000 secured bonds of Government of India)
Annual contribution to the sinking fund was ₹ 1,20,000 made on 31st March each year. On 31.3.2018, balance at bank was ₹ 3,50,000 before receipt of interest. Company sold the investments at 90% for redemption of debenture at a premium of 10% on above date. Amount to be transferred to general reserve after redemption of debentures will be –
(A) ₹ 5,90,000
(B) ₹ 7,90,000
(C) ₹ 8,70,000
(D) ₹ 8,20,000
Answers:
(B) ₹ 7,90,000
Issue & Redemption of Debentures – Corporate and Management Accounting MCQ 48

Question 125.
Following balances appeared in the books of JKJ Ltd.:
(a) Sinking fund account ₹ 62,500
(b) Sinking fund investment account ₹ 60,000 (10% Govt, securities, nominal value ₹ 56,250)
(c) 12% Debenture account ₹ 1,25,000.
Company sold ₹ 37,500 Govt, securities at 110% and redeemed part of the debentures at a premium of 10%. Closing balance of Sinking Fund A/c will be –
(A) ₹ 60,000
(B) ₹ 21,250
(C) ₹ 22,500
(D) ₹ 2,62,500
Answers:
(C) ₹ 22,500

Buy Back of Shares – Corporate and Management Accounting MCQ

Going through the Buy Back of Shares – Corporate and Management Accounting CS Executive MCQ Questions with Answers you can quickly revise the concepts.

Buy Back of Shares – Corporate and Management Accounting MCQs

Question 1.
Provisions relating to buy back of securities are contained in ……….. of the Companies Act, 2013.
(A) Section 77
(B) Section 77A
(C) Section 68
(D) Section 63
Answer:
(C) Section 68

Question 2.
A company may purchase its own shares or other specified securities out of –
A. Free reserves
B. Securities premium account
C. Proceeds of issue of any shares
D. Proceeds of issue of specified securities.
Select the correct answer from the options given below.
(A) A and C only
(B) A, B and C only
(C) A, C and D only
(D) A or B or C or D
Answer:
(D) A or B or C or D

Question 3.
Section 68 of the Companies Act, 2013 provides that no buy-back of any kind of shares or other specified securities shall be made out of the -…………..
(A) Securities premium balance as it stood before buy back.
(B) Proceeds of an earlier issue of the same kind of shares or same kind of other specified securities.
(C) General reserve in excess of 15% balance as per latest audited balance sheet.
(D) Proceeds of issue of specified securities.
Answer:
(B) Proceeds of an earlier issue of the same kind of shares or same kind of other specified securities.

Question 4.
Provisions of the Section 68 relating to buy back of shares are applicable to –
(A) Private companies
(B) Public companies
(C) Listed companies
(D) All of the above
Answer:
(D) All of the above

Question 5.
No company shall purchase its own shares or other specified securities, unless buy-back is authorized by its -……………….
(A) Memorandum of Association
(B) Registrar of Companies
(C) Shareholders agreement
(D) Article of Association
Answer:
(D) Article of Association

Question 6.
Maximum permissible buy back under the Companies Act, 2013 is -………..
(A) 10% of paid-up capital with board resolution.
(B) 25% of paid-up capital with board resolution.
(C) 25% of the aggregate of paid-up capital and free reserves of the company with special resolution of shareholders.
(D) 25% of the aggregate of paid-up capital and free reserves of the company with ordinary resolution of shareholders.
Answer:
(C) 25% of the aggregate of paid-up capital and free reserves of the company with special resolution of shareholders.

Question 7.
Which of the following is correct journal entry for the ‘Amount due on buy back of shares
Buy Back of Shares – Corporate and Management Accounting MCQ 10
Answer:
(C)

Question 8.
For buy-back up to ……… of the company Board resolution is sufficient.
(A) 10% of paid-up capital
(B) 10% of free reserves
(C) 10% of paid-up capital or free reserves
(D) 10% of paid-up capital and free reserves
Answer:
(D) 10% of paid-up capital and free reserves

Question 9.
Buy-back of equity shares in any financial year should not exceed –
(A) 10% of net worth
(B) 25% of the aggregate of paid-up capital and free reserves of the company
(C) 25% of the paid-up equity capital
(D) 25% of the aggregate of paid-up equity capital and preference capital
Answer:
(C) 25% of the paid-up equity capital

Question 10.
As per Section 68 of the Companies Act, 2013, post buy back debt equity ratio should not exceed –
(A) 1
(B) 1.5
(C) 2
(D) 3
Answer:
(C) 2

Question 11.
For the purpose of calculating debt equity ratio which of the following debts are considered -………..
(A) Secured debts
(B) Unsecured debts
(C) Current liabilities
(D) All of the above
Answer:
(D) All of the above

Question 12.
Companies are allowed to buy back shares which are –
(A) Partly paid-up
(B) Fully paid-up
(C) Partly paid-up or fully paid-up at the option of company
(D) Fully paid-up and partly paid-up with the permission of Central Government
Answer:
(B) Fully paid-up

Question 13.
The buy-back of the shares or other specified securities listed on any recognized stock exchange is in accordance with the –
(A) SEBI (Buy Back of Securities) Regulations, 2018
(B) SEBI (Buy Back of Securities) Regulations, 2014
(C) SEBI (Buy Back of Securities) Regulations, 1992
(D) SEBI (Buy Back of Securities) Regulations, 1994
Answer:
(A) SEBI (Buy Back of Securities) Regulations, 2018

Question 14.
No offer of buy-back shall be made within a period of reckoned from the date of the closure of the preceding offer of buy-back
(A) 6 months
(B) 1 year
(C) 2 years
(D) 10 months
Answer:
(B) 1 year

Question 15.
The notice of the meeting at which the special resolution is proposed to be passed relating to buy back of shares shall be accompanied by an explanatory statement stating –
(A) Full and complete disclosure of all material facts
(B) Analysis of debt equity
(C) Gross profit ratio before buy back
(D) Chairman’s view on buy back
Answer:
(A) Full and complete disclosure of all material facts

Question 16.
Which of the following method of buy back is allowed under the Companies Act, 2013
(I) Buy back from the existing share-holders or security holders on a proportionate basis.
(II) Buy back from the promoters of the company only on selective basis.
(Ill) Buy back from the open market.
Select the correct answer from the options given below.
(A) (I) only
(B) (I) and (II) only
(C) (I) and (III) only
(D) (I), (II) and (III)
Answer:
(C) (I) and (III) only

Question 17.
Where a company proposes to buy-back its own shares or other specified securities, it shall, before making such buy-back, file with the ROC and the SEBI, a declaration of solvency signed by –
(A) at least 2 directors of the company, one of whom shall be the managing director.
(B) at least 2 directors, managing director and Chief Financial Officer, if any.
(C) at least 2 directors of the company and Company Secretary, if any.
(D) at least 3 directors of the company, one of whom shall be the managing director.
Answer:
(A) at least 2 directors of the company, one of whom shall be the managing director.

Question 18.
A company used balance of ‘General Reserve’ and T & L A/c’ for buy back of equity shares. Which of the following is correct journal entry for this transaction
Buy Back of Shares – Corporate and Management Accounting MCQ 11
Answer:
(C)

Question 19.
Declaration of solvency in relation to buy back of shares has to be filed in –
(A) Form SH-6
(B) Form SH-9
(C) Form SH-4
(D) Form SH-8
Answer:
(B) Form SH-9

Question 20.
As per Section 68(6) of the Companies Act, 2013, declaration of solvency should be verified by an affidavit to the effect that the Board of Directors of the company has made a full inquiry into the affairs of the company as a result of which they have formed an opinion that it is capable of meeting its liabilities and will not be rendered insolvent within a period of……….. from the date of declaration adopted by the Board.
(A) 6 months
(B) 1 year
(C) 2 years
(D) 10 months
Answer:
(B) 1 year

Question 21.
Where a company buys back its own shares or other specified securities, it shall extinguish and physically destroy the shares or securities so brought back within of the last date of completion of buy-back.
(A) 3 days
(B) 8 days
(C) 7 days
(D) 9 days
Answer:
(C) 7 days

Question 22.
Where a company completes a buy-back of its shares or other specified securities, it shall not make a further issue of the same kind of shares or other securities including allotment of new shares u/s 62(1)(a) [ie. right issue] or other specified securities within a period of –
(A) 6 months
(B) 1 year
(C) 2 years
(D) 10 months
Answer:
(A) 6 months

Question 23.
Which of the following is allowed within next 6 months after the buyback of share
(A) Bonus issue
(B) Conversion of warrants
(C) Stock option schemes
(D) All of the above
Answer:
(D) All of the above

Question 24.
Which of the following is allowed within next 6 months after the buyback of share
(A) Stock option schemes
(B) Sweats equity
(C) Conversion of preference shares or debentures into equity shares
(D) All of the above
Answer:
(D) All of the above

Question 25.
Which of the following method of buy back is allowed under the Companies Act, 2013
(I) Buy back by way of purchasing the securities issued to employees of the company pursuant to a scheme of stock option.
(II) Buy back by way of purchasing the securities issued to employees of the company pursuant to a scheme of sweat equity.
Select the correct answer from the options given below.
(A) (I) only
(B) (H) only
(C) Both (I) and (II)
(D) Neither (I) or (II)
Answer:
(C) Both (I) and (II)

Question 26.
Where a company buys back its shares or other specified securities, it shall maintain a register of the shares or securities so brought in
(A) Form SH-10
(B) Form SH-11
(C) Form SH-12
(D) Form SH-14
Answer:
(A) Form SH-10

Question 27.
A company shall, after the completion of the buy-back, hie with the ROC and the SEBI a return relating to the buy-back in -…………..
(A) Form No. SH-14
(B) Form No. SH-12
(C) Form No. SH-10
(D) Form No. SH-11
Answer:
(D) Form No. SH-11

Question 28.
Which of the following penalty is attracted if company makes default in provisions of Section 68 relating to buy back of shares
(A) The company shall be punishable with fine which shall not be less than ₹ 1 lakh but which may extend to ₹ 3 lakh
(B) The company shall be punishable with fine which shall not be le.ss than ₹ 5 lakh but which may extend to₹ 10 lakh
(C) The company shall be punishable with fine which shall not be less than ₹ 2 lakh but which may extend to ₹ 8 lakh
(D) The company shall be punishable with fine which shall not be less than ₹ 5 lakh but which may extend to ₹ 25 lakh
Answer:
(A) The company shall be punishable with fine which shall not be less than ₹ 1 lakh but which may extend to ₹ 3 lakh

Question 29.
A company shall, after the completion of the buy-back, file with the ROC and the SEBI a return relating to the buy-back in Form No. SH-11 with in ………… from the date of completion of buy-back.
(A) 10 days
(B) 30 days
(C) 60 days
(D) 90 days
Answer:
(B) 30 days

Question 30.
Which of the following penalty is attracted for officers of the company if there is default in provisions of Section 68 relating to buy back of shares
(A) Every officer of the company who is in default shall be punishable with imprisonment for a term which may extend to 3 years or with fine which shall not be less than ₹ 1 lakh but which may extend to ₹ 3 lakh or with both.
(B) Every officer of the company who is in default shall be punishable with imprisonment for a term which may extend to 5 years or with fine which shall not be less than ₹ 2 lakh but which may extend to ₹ 5 lakh or with both.
(C) Every officer of the company who is in default shall be punishable with imprisonment for a term which may extend to 2 years or with fine which shall not be less than ₹ 1 lakh but which may extend to ₹ 2 lakh or with both.
(D) Every officer of the company who is in default shall be punishable with imprisonment for a term which may extend to 5 years or with fine which shall not be less than ₹ 5 lakh but which may extend to ₹ 25 lakh or with both.
Answer:
(A) Every officer of the company who is in default shall be punishable with imprisonment for a term which may extend to 3 years or with fine which shall not be less than ₹ 1 lakh but which may extend to ₹ 3 lakh or with both.

Question 31.
As per Section 70 of the Companies Act, 2013, the buy-back is not prohibited, if the various defaults mentioned in that section is remedied and a period of has lapsed after such default ceased to subsist.
(A) 1 year
(B) 3 years
(C) 2 years
(D) 6 months
Answer:
(C) 2 years

Question 32.
Which of the following is objective of buy back of equity shares
(1) To improve earnings per share (EPS)
(2) To increase the sales of the company
(3) To prevent unwelcome takeover bids.
(4) To improve liquidity ratio.
Select the correct answer from the options given below.
(A) (2) & (3)
(B) (1) & (3)
(C) (1), (3) & (4)
(D) (1), (2), (3) & (4)
Answer:
(B) (1) & (3)

Question 33.
Which of the following statement is true
(A) Partly paid-up shares can be brought back by the companies
(B) No company shall directly or indirectly pin-chase its own shares or other specified securities if a default is made by the company in the repayment of deposits interest payment thereon.
(C) The offer for buy-back shall remain open to the securities holders for a period not less than 5 days and not exceeding 10 days.
(D) The company can buy back up to 25% of paid-up share capital and free reserve in any financial year.
Answer:
(B) No company shall directly or indirectly pin-chase its own shares or other specified securities if a default is made by the company in the repayment of deposits interest payment thereon.

Question 34.
Which of the following method for buyback of shares is not allowed
(A) Book building process
(B) Open market through stock exchange
(C) Negotiated deals
(D) All of the above
Answer:
(C) Negotiated deals

Question 35.
Where a company purchases its own shares out of free reserves or securities premium account, a sum equal to the nominal value of the shares so purchased shall be transferred to the …………
(A) Capital Reserve Account
(B) General Reserve Account
(C) Capital Redemption Reserve Account
(D) Equity Shares Redemption Account
Answer:
(C) Capital Redemption Reserve Account

Question 36.
Which of the following reserve can be used for buy back of equity shares?
(A) Statutory Reserve
(B) Dividend Equalization Reserve
(C) Capital Redemption Reserve
(D) All of the above
Answer:
(B) Dividend Equalization Reserve

Question 37.
A company cannot buy-back its shares from any person through negotiated deals or through spot transactions or through any -……………..
(A) Spot transactions
(B) Negotiated deals
(C) Private arrangement
(D) All of the above
Answer:
(D) All of the above

Question 38.
Which of the following reserve can be used for buy back of equity shares?
(A) Dividend Redemption Reserve (pref-erence shares)
(B) Statutory Reserve
(C) Capital Redemption Reserve
(D) None of the above
Answer:
(D) None of the above

Question 39.
Assertion (A):
The buy-back may be misused by the corporate entities at the cost of innocent investor.
Reason (R):
The promoters, before the buy-back may understate the earning by manipulating accounting policies in respect of depreciation, valuation of inventories etc. which would lead to a fall in the quoted prices of shares and the promoter would buy then at low quotations.
Select the correct answer from the options given below.
(A) A is true but R is false
(B) A is false but R is true
(C) A and R both are true but R is not correct explanation of A.
(D) A and R both are true and R is correct explanation of A
Answer:
(D) A and R both are true and R is correct explanation of A

Question 40.
Which of the following entry will be passed for payment of amount due on buy back if equity shares
(A) Credit to Equity Shareholders A/c and debit to Bank A/c
(B) Credit to Equity Share Capital A/c and debit to Bank A/c
(C) Debit to Equity Shareholders A/c and credit to Bank A/c
(D) Debit to CRR A/c and credit to Bank A/c
Answer:
(C) Debit to Equity Shareholders A/c and credit to Bank A/c

Question 41.
Paid-up equity shares capital of ABC Ltd. is ₹ 50,00,000 having face value of₹ 10 each fully paid-up. Other details:
General Reserve = ₹ 15,00,000 Capital Redemption Reserve = ₹ 4,00,000 Profit & Loss Account = ₹ 1,00,000 Statutory reserve = ₹ 6,40,000 Securities Premium = ₹ 1,00,000
The board of directors passed resolution in board meeting to buy back maximum number of shares as allowed by law. Maximum No. of shares that can be brought back = ?
(A) 55,000 shares
(B) 67,000 shares
(C) 1,25,000 shares
(D) 78,000 shares
Answer:
(B) 67,000 shares
Where buy-back is up to 10% of paid-up capital and free reserves of the company
Board resolution is sufficient..
(50,00,000 + 15,00,000 + 1,00,000 + 1,00,000) × 10% = 6,70,000
6,70,000/10 = 67,000

Question 42.
N Ltd. had 90,000 equity shares of ₹ 100 each, fully paid up. The company decided to buy back 10% shares at par by the issue of sufficient number of preference shares. Company do not have any reserves. How much preference shares are required to be issued if new preference shares are to be issued at ₹ 10 each?
(A) 9,00,000 shares
(B) 90,000 shares
(C) 1,00,000 shares
(D) 1,20,000 shares
Answer:
(B) 90,000 shares
Amount due to equity shareholders on buyback = 90,000 × 100 × 10% = 9,00,000
No. of shares to be issued  \(=\frac{\text { Amount payable to equity shareholder }}{\text { Face value per share }}=\frac{9,00,000}{10}=90,000\)

Question 43.
S Ltd. decided to buy back 2,000 equity shares of ₹ 100 each at a premium of 10%. For the purpose of redemption, the company issued 15,000 10% Preference shares of ₹ 10 each at a premium’of 20% per share. The company has sufficient balance in profit & loss account. At the time of buy back shares, the amount to be transferred by the company to the Capital Redemption Reserve Account = ?
(A) ₹ 20,000
(B) ₹ 50,000
(C) ₹ 1,50,000
(D) ₹ 2,00,000
Answer:
(A) ₹ 20,000
Buy Back of Shares – Corporate and Management Accounting MCQ 1

Note 1:
It is noted that in case of redemption of preference shares securities premium balance cannot be utilized for repayment of ‘preference share capital’ amount. However, this condition is not applicable for buy back of equity shares because as per Section 68 of the Companies Act, 2013, Securities Premium has to be treated as ‘free reserve’. Thus, securities premium collected on issue of shares can be utilized in repayment of Equity Capital Amount.

Note 2:
Total amount collected on issue of preference shares is ₹ 1,80,000 whereas amount payable on buy back of shares is ₹ 2,00,000. Thus, shortage of ₹ 20,000 will be taken from profit & loss account because Section 68 of the Companies Act, 2013 allows buy back – (I) Out of proceeds of fresh issue of securities (II) Free Reserve and (III) Securities premium.

Note 3:
As per Section 69, where a company purchases its own shares out of free reserves or securities premium account, a sum equal to the nominal value of the shares so purchased shall be transferred to the Capital Redemption Reserve (CRR) account. Since in given case amount of ₹ 20,000 utilized from profit & loss account a sum of ₹ 20,000 must be transferred to Capital redemption amount.

Note 4:
It not possible to give such detailed explanation for each MCQ so students are advised to apply all the provisions of the Section 68 and Section 69 before arriving k any conclusion as to final answer of any MCQ. However, relevant calculations are given in short for other MCQs in this chapter.

Question 44.
During the year 2018-2019, T Ltd. buy back 20,000 equity shares of ₹ 100 each at a premium of 5%. During the year 2018-2019, as the company did not have sufficient cash resources to buy back equity shares, it issued 1,00,000, 12% Preference shares of ₹ 10 each at a premium of 15%. The company has sufficient balance in general reserve. At the time of buy back equity shares, the amount to be transferred to capital redemption reserve = ?
(A) ₹ 10,00,000
(B) ₹ 9,50,000
(C) ₹ 12,00,000
(D) ₹ 15,00,000
Answer:
(B) ₹ 9,50,000
Buy Back of Shares – Corporate and Management Accounting MCQ 2

Question 45.
Equity shares amounting to ₹ 2,00,000 are brought back at a premium of 5%, by issue of preference shares amounting to ₹1,00,000 at a premium of 10%. The amount to be transferred to capital redemption reserve = ?
(A) ₹ 1,00,000
(B) ₹ 90,000
(C) ₹ 1,50,000
(D) ₹ 50,000
Answer:
(A) ₹ 1,00,000
Buy Back of Shares – Corporate and Management Accounting MCQ 3

Question 46.
ABC Ltd. has paid-up equity capital of 10,00,000 equity shares of ₹ 10 each fully paid-up. Position of reserves is as follows:
General Reserve = ₹ 30,00,000 Profit & Loss Account = ₹ 2,00,000 Securities Premium = ₹ 2,00,000
Company decided to buy back 2,00,000 equity shares of ₹ 10 each at 25% premium. For this purpose, the company sold the entire investments at ₹ 12,00,000 (book value ₹ 10,00,000) and made a fresh issue of 10% preference shares of ₹ 100 each to the extent minimum after utilizing the securities premium account and half of general reserve. How much preference shares must be issued by the company so that provisions of the Companies Act, 2013 get complied
(A) 20,000 preference shares
(B) 40,000 preference shares
(C) 1,000 preference shares
(D) 4,000 preference shares
Answer:
(A) 20,000 preference shares
Buy Back of Shares – Corporate and Management Accounting MCQ 4

Question 47.
Following are the extract of balance sheet of Light Co. Ltd.
Equity Shares of ₹ 10 each — 10,00,000
Securities Premium — 2,40,000
Reserves — 7,50,000
Profit & Loss Account — 2,80,000
Bank — 9,10,000
Non-Trading Investments — 4,20,000
Company brought back 15,000 shares at ₹ 40 each. The transaction in respect of buyback was financed by sale of 2/3rd of non-trade investment for ₹ 5,90,000.
Amount to be transferred to capital redemption reserve = ?
(A) ₹ 6,00,000
(B) ₹ 1,00,000
(C) ₹ 4,50,000
(D) ₹ 1,50,000
Answer:
(D) ₹ 1,50,000
15,000 × 10= 1,50,000

Question 48.
Following are the extract of balance sheet of Tube Ltd.
Equity Shares of ₹ 10 each — ₹ 20,00,000
Securities Premium — 4,80,000
Reserves — 15,00,000
Profit & Loss Account — 5,60,000
Bank — 18,20,000
Non-Trading Investments — 8,40,000
Company brought back 30,000 shares at ₹ 40 each. The transaction in respect of buyback was financed by sale of 2/3rd of non-trade investment for ₹ 11,80,000.
Bank balance after buyback will be –
(A) ₹ 12,00,000
(B) ₹ 16,00,000
(C) ₹ 14,50,000
(D) ₹ 18,00,000
Answer:
(D) ₹ 18,00,000
Buy Back of Shares – Corporate and Management Accounting MCQ 5

Question 49.
Following information is available from the audited balance sheet of TH Ltd.:
Equity Shares Capital (3,000 lakh Shares of ₹ 10 each) — 30,000
Securities Premium Account — 3,000
General Reserve — 10,000
Secured Loans — 40,000
Unsecured Loans — 22,000
Compute the maximum limit up to which buy back is permitted in the financial year 2018-2019.
(A) 800 lakh shares
(B) 600 lakh shares
(C) 500 lakh shares
(D) 400 lakh shares
Answer:
(B) 600 lakh shares
(1) The buy-back of equity shares in any financial year should not exceed 25% of its total paid-up equity capital in that financial Year. [₹ 30,000 × 25% = ₹ 7,500]
(2) 25% of the aggregate of paid-up capital and free reserves of the company.
[(30,000 + 3,000 + 10,000) × 25% = ₹ 10,750]
(3) The ratio of the aggregate of secured and unsecured debts owed by the company after buy-back is not more than twice the paid-up capital and its free reserves. Let the amount of buy-back be ‘x’
\(\frac{\text { Secured }+\text { Unsecured Debts }}{\text { Paid-up Capital + Free Reserves }} \leq 2\)
(1) The buy-back of equity shares in any financial year should not exceed 25% of its total paid-up equity capital in that financial year. [4,95,000 × 25% = 1,23,750]
(2) 25% of the aggregate of paid-up capital and free reserves of the company.
[(4,95,000 + 3,60,000 + 1,35,000 + 1,35,000) × 25% = 2,81,250]
(3) The ratio of the aggregate of secured and unsecured debts owed by the company after buy-back is not more than twice the paid-up capital and its free reserves.
As per Section 69, a sum equal to the nominal value of the share brought back shall be transferred to Capital Redemption Reserve (CRR).
Buy-back price = 25 × 120% = 30 (out of which ₹ 10 is nominal value and ₹ 20 is buy-back premium)
Let the nominal of amount shares to be buy-back be ‘x’.
\(\frac{\text { Secured }+\text { Unsecured Debts }}{\text { Paid-up Capital + Free Reserves }} \leq 2\)
Buy Back of Shares – Corporate and Management Accounting MCQ 6

Question 50.
X Ltd. proposes to buy back ₹ 6,00,000 equity capital at 50% premium by issuing 2,0 14% preference shares of ₹ 100 each at 20% premium. It has balance in Securities Premium, General Reserve and P & L A/c of ₹ 3,50,000; ₹ 9,30,000 & ₹ 48,000 respectively. For this purpose, it sold all of its investments of ₹ 1,48,000 for ₹ 1,50,000. The company wants to keep balance of 6,00,000 in general reserve. What are the balances of
(i) Securities Premium A/c and
(ii) Capital Redemption Reserve A/ c after giving effect to above transactions
(A) ₹ 90,000 ₹ 4,00,000
(B) ₹ 4,00,000 ₹ 90,000
(C) ₹ 70,000 ₹ 4,00,000
(D) ₹ 4,00,000 ₹ 70,000
Answer:
(C) ₹ 70,000 ₹ 4,00,000

Question 51.
Board of directors of G Ltd. decided to buy back ₹ 4,50,000 equity share capital at a premium of 10%. Balance of General Reserve & Securities Premium are ₹ 1,00,000 & ₹ 5,000. It was decided to issue 12% redeemable preference shares of ₹ 10 each for the purpose of buy back of equity shares as minimum as possible. How much preference share are to be issued by the company to give effect to above transactions
(A) 39,000 preference shares
(B) 40,000 preference shares
(C) 26,000 preference shares
(D) 53,000 preference shares
Answer:
(A) 39,000 preference shares

Question 52.
The balance appearing in the books of a company at the end of year were:
CRR A/c = ₹ 50,000
Securities Premium = ₹ 5,000
Revaluation reserve = ₹ 20,000
Profit & Loss A/c (Dr.) = ₹ 10,000
Maximum amount available for bonus shares will be …………
(A) ₹ 50,000
(B) ₹ 55,000
(C) ₹ 45,000
(D) ₹ 57,000
Answer:
(B) ₹ 55,000

Question 53.
A Ltd. has equity share capital of ₹ 4,95,000 (₹ 10 each fully paid-up). Details of its reserves & loan funds are given below:
General Reserve — 3,60,000
Securities Premium Account — 1,35,000
Profit & Loss Account — 1,35,000
Export Profit Reserve — 2,70,000
Loan Funds — 18,00,000
Market price is ₹ 25 per share. The company wants to buy back maximum number of shares that are allowed under the Companies Act, 2013 at price 20% higher than its market price. Export Profit Reserve is created to satisfy provisions of the Income Tax Act, 1961 requirements.
No. of shares to be brought back= ?
(A) 12,375 Equity shares
(B) 5,625 Equity shares
(C) 28,125 Equity shares
(D) 8,750 Equity shares
Answer:
(B) 5,625 Equity shares
(1) The buy-back of equity shares in any financial year should not exceed 25% of its total paid-up equity capital in that financial year.
[4,95,000 × 25% = 1,23,750]

(2) 25% of the aggregate of paid-up capital and free reserves of the company.
[(4,95,000 + 3,60,000 + 1,35,000 + 1,35,000) × 25% = 2,81,250]

(3) The ratio of the aggregate of secured and unsecured debts owed by the company after buy-back is not more than twice the paid-up capital and its free reserves.
As per Section 69, a sum equal to the nominal value of the share brought back shall be transferred to Capital Redemption Reserve (CRR).

Buy-back price = 25 × 120% = 30 (out of which ₹ 10 is nominal value and ₹ 20 is buy-back premium)

Let the nominal of amount shares to be buy-back be ‘x’. (Equal amount will be transferred to CRR)
Buy Back of Shares – Corporate and Management Accounting MCQ 7
Since, out of the above three calculations minimum amount is ₹ 56,250; hence buy-back of equity shares having nominal amount of ₹ 56,250 is possible.
No. of shares = 56,250/10 = 5,625 shares.

Question 54.
BABA Ltd. has equity share capital of ₹ 6,60,000 (₹ 10 each fully paid-up). Details of its reserves & loan funds are given below:
General Reserve — 4,80,000
Securities Premium Account — 2,00,000
Profit & Loss Account — 1,60,000
Loan Funds — 30,00,000
Market price is ₹ 25 per share. The company wants to buy back maximum number of shares that are allowed under the Companies Act, 2013 at price 20% higher than its market price.
No. of shares to be brought back= ?
(A) 1,650 Equity shares
(B) 37,500 Equity shares
(C) Nil
(D) 625 Equity shares
Answer:
(C) Nil

(1) The buy-back of equity shares in any financial year should not exceed 25% of its total paid-up equity capital in that financial year. [6,60,000 × 25% = 1,65,000]

(2) 25% of the aggregate of paid-up capital and free reserves of the company. [(6,60,000 + 4,80,000 + 2,00,000 + 1,60,000) × 25% = 3,75,000]

(3) The ratio of the aggregate of secured and unsecured debts owed by the company after buy-back is not more than twice the paid-up capital and its free reserves.
As per Section 69, a sum equal to the nominal value of the share brought back shall be transferred to Capital Redemption Reserve (CRR).

Buy-back price = 25 × 120% = 30 (out of which ₹ 10 is nominal value and 120 is buy-back premium) Let the nominal of amount shares to be buy-back be ‘x (Equal amount will be transferred to CRR)
Buy Back of Shares – Corporate and Management Accounting MCQ 8
x = 0 (since value is zero hence amount of nominal value of shares that can be buyback will be taken zero)
Since, out of the above three calculation minimum amount is zero; hence buy-back is not possible if the company has loan funds of ₹ 30,00,000.

Question 55.
ZPA Ltd. has equity share capital of – ₹ 13,20,000 (₹ 10 each fully paid-up). Details of its reserves & loan funds are given below:
General Reserve — 9,60,000
Securities Premium Account — 4,00,000
Profit & Loss Account — 3,20,000
Loan Funds — 12,00,000
The company wants to buy back maximum number of shares that are allowed under the Companies Act, 2013 at price of ₹ 25.
No. of shares to be brought back=
(A) 68,571 equity shares
(B) 75,000 equity shares
(C) 33,000 equity shares
(D) 47,000 equity shares
Answer:
(C) 33,000 equity shares

(1) The buy-back of equity shares in any financial year should not exceed 25%
of its total paid-up equity capital in that financial year.
[13,20,000 × 25% = 3,30,000]

(2) 25% of the aggregate of paid-up capital and free reserves of the company.
[(13,20,000 + 9,60,000 + 4,00,000 + 3,20,000) × 25% = 7,50,000]

(3) The ratio of the aggregate of secured and unsecured debts owed by the company after buy-back is not more than twice the paid-up capital and its free reserves.
As per Section 69, a sum equal to the nominal value of the share bought back shall be transferred to Capital Redemption Reserve (CRR).

Buy-back price is ₹ 25 (out of which 110 is nominal value and ₹ 15 is buy back premium)

Let the nominal of amount shares to be buy-back be V. (Equal amount will be transferred to CRR)
Buy Back of Shares – Corporate and Management Accounting MCQ 9
x = 6,85,714 say 6,85,710 (rounded up)
Since, out of the above three calculation minimum amount is ₹ 3,30,000; hence buy-back of equity shares having nominal amount of ₹ 3,30,000 is possible.
No. of shares = 3,30,000/10 = 33,000 shares.

Accounting for Issue of Shares – Corporate and Management Accounting MCQ

Going through the Accounting for Issue of Shares – Corporate and Management Accounting CS Executive MCQ Questions with Answers you can quickly revise the concepts.

Accounting for Issue of Shares – Corporate and Management Accounting MCQs

Question 1.
Which of the following section of the Companies Act, 2013 prohibits to issue of shares at discount?
(A) Section 53
(B) Section 54
(C) Section 55
(D) Section 56
Answer:
(A) Section 53

Question 2.
Equity shareholder is -…….
(A) Entitled to dividend at a fixed rate
(B) Not entitled to dividend at a fixed rate
(C) Entitled to dividend prior to payment of dividend to preference shareholder
(D) All of above
Answer:
(B) Not entitled to dividend at a fixed rate

Question 3
……….. have the right to vote on any resolution placed before the company or general meeting.
(A) Preference shareholder
(B) Equity shareholders
(C) Debenture holder
(D) All of above
Answer:
(B) Equity shareholders

Question 4.
Amount of capital stated in the Memorandum of Association as the share capital of the company is known as -……..
(1) Subscribed or Authorized Capital
(2) Paid-up or Subscribed Capital
(3) Nominal or Called-up Capital
(4) Nominal or Authorized Capital
The correct answer is -….
(A) (3)
(B) (1)
(C) (2)
(D) (4)
Answer:
(D) (4)

Question 5.
…….. refers to that part of the authorized capital which has actually been offered to the public for subscription.
(A) Called up capital
(B) Subscribed capital
(C) Issued capital
(D) Nominal or authorized capital
Answer:
(C) Issued capital

Question 6
…………. refers to that part of the issued capital which has actually been subscribed by the public.
(A) Called up capital
(B) Subscribed capital
(C) Issued capital
(D) Nominal or authorized capital
Answer:
(B) Subscribed capital

Question 7.
Public companies issue shares to public through document called -………….
(A) Letter of offer & acceptance
(B) Offer for sale & acceptance
(C) Prospectus
(D) None of above
Answer:
(C) Prospectus

Question 8.
……… means the appropriation of a certain number of shares to an applicant who has applied shares in public issue by the board of directors in consultation with stock exchange.
(A) Allotment
(B) Application
(C) Acceptance
(D) Final call
Answer:
(A) Allotment

Question 9.
Issuer company cannot make allotment of shares unless –
(A) There is over subscription
(B) Minimum subscription has been subscribed
(C) Promoter has subscribed
(D) All of above
Answer:
(B) Minimum subscription has been subscribed

Question 10.
The minimum subscription is the of the issued amount.
(A) 50%
(B) 80%
(C) 75%
(D) 90%
Answer:
(D) 90%

Question 11.
When face value of shares is less than issue price then shares are said to be issued at -……………
(A) Discount
(B) Premium
(C) Par
(D) None of above
Answer:
(B) Premium

Question 12.
When shares are issued at a price less than the face value, they are said to be issued at -…………….
(A) Discount
(B) Premium
(C) Par
(D) None of above
Answer:
(A) Discount

Question 13.
As per the Companies Act, 2013 the companies cannot use the balance of securities premium for –
(A) Premium on redemption of debentures
(B) Issuing bonus shares
(C) Writing off commission on issue of shares or debentures
(D) Loss on issue of debentures
Answer:
(D) Loss on issue of debentures

Question 14.
When shares are not payable in a lump sum, second installment is called -……………..
(A) Application Money
(B) Allotment Money
(C) First Call Money
(D) Final Call Money
Answer:
(B) Allotment Money

Question 15.
When shares are not payable in a lump sum, third installment is called -………………..
(A) Application Money
(B) Allotment Money
(C) First Call Money
(D) Final Call Money
Answer:
(C) First Call Money

Question 16.
Premium on issue of shares must be treated as -………….
(A) Revenue Receipt
(B) Deferred Revenue Receipt
(C) Capital Receipt
(D) Capital Loss
Answer:
(C) Capital Receipt

Question 17.
Premium on issue of shares must be credited to a separate account called -…………..
(A) Share Premium Account
(B) Securities Premium Account
(C) Discount on Issue of Shares
(D) Securities Profit Account
Answer:
(B) Securities Premium Account

Question 18.
Securities premium account must be shown separately on the liabilities side of the balance sheet in …….. under the heading
(A) Share Capital; Shareholders Funds
(B) Reserves & Surplus; Shareholders Funds
(C) Secured Loan; Reserves & Surplus
(D) Unsecured Loan; Profit or Loss
Answer:
(B) Reserves & Surplus; Shareholders Funds

Question 19.
Which of the following type of security can be issued at discounters per Companies Act, 2013₹
(1) Equity Shares
(2) Sweat Equity Shares
(3) Preference Shares
(4) Debentures
(5) Bonds
Select the correct answer from the options given below –
(A) (1) & (3) only
(B) (1), (3) & (4) only
(C) (2), (4) & (5) only
(D) (3), (4) & (5) only
Answer:
(C) (2), (4) & (5) only

Question 20.
Which of the following Table of Schedule I to the Companies Act, 2013 contains the provisions relating to Calls- in-Advance & Calls-in-Arrears………..
(A) Table F
(B) Table A
(C) Table C
(D) Table G
Answer:
(A) Table F

Question 21.
Amount received as calls-in-advance is a ………… of the company.
(A) right
(B) asset
(C) debt
(D) revenue
Answer:
(C) debt

Question 22.
Amount due on calls made but not paid is known as -…………
(A) Calls-in-Advance
(B) Calls-in-Arrear
(C) Unpaid amounts
(D) Defaulting amounts
Answer:
(B) Calls-in-Arrear

Question 23.
If the number of shares issued for is more than the number of shares applied the shares are said to be -……
(A) Oversubscribed
(B) Undersubscribed
(C) Minimum subscription
(D) None of above
Answer:
(B) Undersubscribed

Question 24.
If the number of shares applied for is more than the number of shares issued the shares are said to be –
(A) Oversubscribed
(B) Undersubscribed
(C) Minimum subscription
(D) None of above
Answer:
(A) Oversubscribed

Question 25.
In case of oversubscription of shares each applicant receives the shares in some proportion, it is known as –
(A) Bonus allotment
(B) Right allotment
(C) Per applicant allotment
(D) Pro-rata allotment
Answer:
(D) Pro-rata allotment

Question 26.
If authorized by the …………. company may receive from a shareholder the amount remaining unpaid on shares, even though the amount has not been called up which is known as calls-in-advance.
(A) Memorandum of Association (MOA)
(B) Articles of Association (AOA)
(C) Prospectus
(D) Securities Exchange Board of India
Answer:
(B) Articles of Association (AOA)

Question 27.
…………… paid on calls-in-advance.
(A) Share of company’s profit can be
(B) Dividend can be
(C) No dividend is
(D) None of above
Answer:
(C) No dividend is

Question 28.
As per Table F of Schedule I of the Companies Act, 2013, interest on calls in advance can be paid at p.a. ……..
(A) 8%
(B) 1096
(C) 1296
(D) 1596
Answer:
(C) 1296

Question 29.
As per Table F of Schedule I to the Companies Act, 2013, interest on calls in arrear can be received at p.a.
(A) 1096
(B) 1296
(C) 1596
(D) 896
Answer:
(A) 1096

Question 30.
Interest on calls-in-advance is paid for the period from the -…….
(A) Date of receipt of application money to the date of appropriation
(B) Date of receipt of allotment money to the date of appropriation
(C) Date of receipt of calls-in-advance to the date of appropriation of the call
(D) Date of appropriation to the date of dividend payment
Answer:
(C) Date of receipt of calls-in-advance to the date of appropriation of the call

Question 31.
Balance of interest on calls-in-arrear account is transferred to …………. at the end of the year.
(A) Share capital account
(B) Calls in advance account
(C) Securities premium account
(D) Profit & loss account
Answer:
(D) Profit & loss account

Question 32.
Balance of interest on calls-on-advance account is transferred to the ………… at the end of the year.
(A) Share capital account
(B) Calls in advance account
(C) Securities premium account
(D) Profit & loss account
Answer:
(D) Profit & loss account

Question 33.
A company may allot fully paid shares to promoters or any other party for the services rendered by them, share capital account is credited and debited.
(A) Preliminary expenses account
(B) Goodwill account
(C) Capital reserve account
(D) Suspense account
Answer:
(B) Goodwill account

Question 34.
………… may be said to be the compulsory termination of membership by way of penalty for non-payment of allotment and/or any call money.
(A) Surrender of shares
(B) Forfeiture of shares
(C) Transfer of shares
(D) Transmission of shares
Answer:
(B) Forfeiture of shares

Question 35.
Which of the following security can be forfeited for non-payment of allotment or call money
(I) Equity Shares
(II) Equity Shares, Preference Shares
(III) Preference Shares, Equity Shares & Debentures
(IV) Debentures
Select the correct answer from the options given below –
(A) (I) only
(B) (III) only
(C) (I) & (IV) only
(D) (II) only
Answer:
(D) (II) only

Question 36.
Which of the following security cannot be forfeited for non-payment of allotment or call money
(A) Equity shares
(B) Preference shares
(C) Debentures
(D) Both (A) & (B)
Answer:
(C) Debentures

Question 37.
Shares forfeited account is to be shown in the balance sheet by way of to the paid up share capital on the liabilities side until the concerned shares are re-issued.
(A) Addition
(B) Deduction
(C) Both (A) & (B)
(D) Neither (A) nor (B)
Answer:
(A) Addition

Question 38.
The forfeited shares may be re-issued – (I) at par only (D) at par or at premium only (III) at par or at discount only (IV) at par or at premium or at discount The correct answer is-
(A) (II)
(B) (III)
(C) (I)
(D) (IV)
Answer:
(D) (IV)

Question 39.
If a company receives excess application money and the application money equal to shares issued transferred to Share Capital A/ c and application money received on excess shares – some money is adjusted and against allotment and remaining was refunded, then which of the following entry is correct
Accounting for Issue of Shares – Corporate and Management Accounting MCQ 1
Answer:
(B)

Question 40.
Balance of share forfeiture account remaining after reissue is transferred to:
(A) Capital Reserve A/c
(B) Securities Premium A/c
(C) Revenue Reserve A/c
(D) Profit & Loss A/c
Answer:
(A) Capital Reserve A/c

Question 41.
If forfeited shares are re-issued at a premium, the amount of such premium should be credited to -…………
(A) Capital Reserve Account
(B) Securities Premium Account
(C) Revenue Reserve Account
(D) Profit & Loss Account
Answer:
(B) Securities Premium Account

Question 42.
Shareholders are the ………… of the company.
(A) Creditors
(B) Owners
(C) Quasi owner
(D) Deemed owner
Answer:
(B) Owners

Question 43.
Dividends are of profits.
(A) Appropriation
(B) Charge
(C) Transfer
(D) None of above
Answer:
(A) Appropriation

Question 44.
Final accounts of companies are prepared according to ………… of the Companies Act, 2013.
(A) Schedule VI
(B) Schedule V
(C) Schedule II
(D) Schedule III
Answer:
(D) Schedule III

Question 45.
The company may allot shares to the vendors for acquiring some assets as payment for purchase consideration, such issue of shares to vendors is known as issue of shares for -………..
(A) Cash
(B) Consideration other than cash
(C) With consideration
(D) Without consideration
Answer:
(B) Consideration other than cash

Question 46.
The balance in capital redemption reserve is available for -………….
(A) Issue of fully paid-up bonus shares
(B) Redemption of preference shares
(C) Redemption of debentures
(D) All of the above
Answer:
(A) Issue of fully paid-up bonus shares

Question 47.
Which of the following false
(A) Loss on re-issue of shares cannot be more than gain on forfeiture of those shares.
(B) Where all the forfeited shares are not issued the Share Forfeiture A/c will show a credit balance equal to gain on forfeiture of shares not yet issued.
(C) When the shares are forfeited, securities premium account is debited with share capital if premium is not received.
(D) Where forfeited shares are issued at premium the amount of such premium is credited to capital reserve account.
Answer:
(D) Where forfeited shares are issued at premium the amount of such premium is credited to capital reserve account.

Question 48.
N Ltd. issued 1,00,000 equity shares of ₹ 10 each to the public at par. Full amount payable at the time of application. Application were received for 1,20,000 shares. Excess application monies were refunded. Amount to be credited to share capital account should be -………
(A) ₹ 12,00,000
(B) ₹ 10,00,000
(C) ₹ 1,20,000
(D) ₹ 1,00,000
Answer:
(B) ₹ 10,00,000
The Share Capital Account will be credited by number of shares issued multiplied by face value.
Thus, 1,00,000 × 10 = 10,00,000.

Question 49.
S Ltd. issued 1,00,000 equity shares of ₹10 each at a premium of ₹ 2 per share to the public. Full amount payable at the time of application. Application were received for 1.20.0 shares. Excess application monies were refunded. Amount to be credited to share capital account should be –
(A) ₹ 12,00,000
(B) ₹ 10,00,000
(C) ₹ 14,40,000
(D) ₹ 10,40,000
Answer:
(B) ₹ 10,00,000
The Share Capital Account will be credited by number of shares issued multiplied by face value. Excess price over face value will be credited to Securities Premium Account.

Question 50.
10,000 equity shares of ₹ 10 each were issued to public at a premium of ₹ 2 per share. Application were received for 12.0 shares. Securities premium account will be credited by -………
(A) ₹ 24,000
(B) ₹ 20,000
(C) ₹ 4,000
(D) ₹ 1,600
Answer:
(B) ₹ 20,000
Amount credited to Securities Premium Account = 10,000 × 2 = 20,000

Question 51.
The subscribed share capital’of S Ltd. is ₹ 80,00,000 of ₹ 100 each. There were no calls in arrear till the final call was made. The final call made was paid on 77,500 shares. The calls in arrear amounted to ₹ 62,500. The final call per share = ?
(A) ₹ 25
(B) ₹ 7.80
(C) ₹ 20
(D) ₹ 62.50
Answer:
(A) ₹ 25
Total shares = \(\frac{80,00,000}{100}\)= 80,000;80,000 – 77,500 = 2,500; = \(\frac{62,500}{2,500}\) = 25

Question 52.
A Ltd. acquired assets worth ₹ 71,25,000 form H Ltd. by issue of shares of ₹ 10 @ premium of ₹ 25%. The number of shares issued to settle the purchase consideration will be -?
(A) 5,70,000 shares
(B) 7,12,500 shares
(C) 84,375 shares
(D) 50,625 shares
Answer:
(A) 5,70,000 shares
No. of shares to be issued = \(=\frac{\text { Purchase Consideration }}{\text { İssue Price }}=\frac{71,25,000}{12.5}\) = 5,70,000 shares

Question 53.
N Ltd. has allotted 10,000 shares to the applicants of 14,000 shares on pro-rata basis. The amount payable on application is ₹ 2. Ram applied for 420 shares. The number of shares allotted and amount carried forward for adjustment against allotment ?
(A) 300 shares; ₹ 240
(B) 60 shares; ₹ 160
(C) 340 shares; ₹ 160
(D) 320 shares; ₹ 240
Answer:
(A) 300 shares; ₹ 240
No. of shares allotted = \(\frac{10,000}{14,000}\) × 420 = 3,000 shares
Application money paid = 420 × 2 = 8,400.
Application money transferred to capital = 300 × 2 = 600
Excess application money adjusted for allotment = 840 – 600 = 240

Question 54.
Following information pertains to X Ltd. Called-up share capital = ₹ 5,00,000 Calls-in-arrear = ₹ 40,000 Calls-in-advance = ₹ 25,000 Proposed dividend =15%. The amount of dividend payable is
(A) ₹ 75,000
(B) ₹ 72,750
(C) ₹ 71,250
(D) ₹ 69,000
Answer:
(D) ₹ 69,000
Dividend is not payable on Call-in-Advance. Dividend is payable on paid-up capital (i.e. Called-up capital minus Call-in-Arrear). Hence, Dividend Payable = (5,00,000 – 40,000) × 15% = 69,000.

Question 55.
R Ltd. purchased the business of C Ltd. for ₹ 2,70,000 payable in fully paid shares. R Ltd. allotted equity shares of ₹ 10 each fully paid in satisfaction of the claim by C Ltd. Such shares are issued at par. The number of shares to be issued by R Ltd. to settle the purchase consideration = ?
(A) 22,500
(B) 27,500
(C) 27,000
(D) 30,000
Answer:
(C) 27,000
No. of shares to be issued = \(=\frac{\text { Purchase Consideration }}{\text { Issue Price }}=\frac{2,70,000}{10}\) = 27,000 shares

Question 56.
R Ltd. purchased the business of C Ltd. for ₹ 2,70,000 payable in fully paid shares. R Ltd. allotted equity shares of ₹ 10 each fully paid in satisfaction of the claim by C Ltd. Such shares are issued at premium of 20%. Number of shares to be issued by R Ltd. to settle the purchase consideration=?
(A) 22,500 shares
(B) 27,500 shares
(C) 27,000 shares
(D) 30,000 shares
Answer:
(A) 22,500 shares
No. of shares to be issued = \(=\frac{\text { Purchase Consideration }}{\text { Issue Price }}=\frac{2,70,000}{10}\) = 22500 shares.

Question 57.
X was issued 100 shares of ₹ 10 each at a premium of ₹ 1, he paid application money which in total amounted to ₹ 5 (excluding premium) and failed to balance call money of ₹ 5. Find the maximum discount that can be given at the time of re-issue of shares.
(A) ₹ 2
(B) ₹ 4
(C) ₹ 6
(D) ₹ 5
Answer:
(D) ₹ 5
At the time of reissue of shares maximum discount that can be exceed the amount received on forfeited shares. Hence, 10 – 5 =5

Question 58.
S Ltd. acquired fixed assets worth ₹ 15,00,000 by issue of shares of ₹ 100 at a premium of 25%. The number of shares to be issued by S Ltd. to settle the purchase consideration ?
(A) 12,000 shares
(B) 15,000 shares
(C) 18,750 shares
(D) 11,250 shares
Answer:
(A) 12,000 shares
No. of shares to be issued \(=\frac{\text { Purchase Consideration }}{\text { Issue Price }}=\frac{15,00,000}{125}\)= 12,000 shares

Question 59.
Q Ltd. had allotted 1,00,000 shares to the applicants of 1,40,000 shares on pro-rata basis. The amount payable on application is ₹ 2. Mr. N applied for 4,200 shares. The number of shares allotted and the amount carried forward for adjustment against allotment money due from Mr. N =?
(A) 600 shares; ₹ 1,200
(B) 3,200 shares; ₹ 2,000
(C) 3,400 shares; ₹ 1,600
(D) 3,000 shares; ₹ 2,400
Answer:
(D) 3,000 shares; ₹ 2,400

Question 60.
R Ltd. forfeited 300 equity shares of ₹ 10 fully called-up, held by Mr. X for non- payment of first call of ₹ 2 and final of ₹ 3 each. However, he paid application money (5) ₹ 2 per share and allotment money @ ₹ 3 per share. At the time of forfeiture Share Capital A/c will be credited by …..
(A) ₹ 1,500
(B) ₹ 3,000
(C) ₹ 600
(D) ₹ 900
Answer:
(B) ₹ 3,000

Question 61.
R Ltd. forfeited 300 equity shares of ₹ 10 fully called-up, held by Mr. X for nonpayment of first call of ₹ 2 and final of ₹ 3 each. However, he paid application money @ ₹ 2 per share and allotment money @ ₹ 3 per share. These shares were reissued at ₹ 10 each. Amount to be transferred to Capital Reserve Account = ?
(A) ₹ 1,500
(B) ₹ 3,000
(C) ₹ 600
(D) ₹ 900
Answer:
(A) ₹ 1,500
Accounting for Issue of Shares – Corporate and Management Accounting MCQ 2

Question 62.
R Ltd. forfeited 300 equity shares of ₹ 10 fully called-up, held by Mr. X for non- payment of first call of ₹ 2 and final of ₹ 3 each. However, he paid application money @ ₹ 2 per share and allotment money @ ₹ 3 per share. These shares were reissued at ₹ 7 each. Amount to be transferred to Capital Reserve Account = ?
(A) ₹ 1,500
(B) ₹ 3,000
(C) ₹ 600
(D) ₹ 900
Answer:
(C) ₹ 600
Accounting for Issue of Shares – Corporate and Management Accounting MCQ 3

Question 63.
R Ltd. forfeited 300 equity shares of ₹ 10 fully called-up, held by Mr. X for nonpayment of first call of ₹ 2 and final of ₹ 3 each. However, he paid application money @ ₹ 2 per share and allotment money @ ₹ 3 per share. These shares were reissued at ₹ 12 each. Amount to be transferred to Capital Reserve Account = ?
(A) ₹ 1,500
(B) ₹ 3,000
(C) ₹ 600
(D) ₹ 900
Answer:
(A) ₹ 1,500
Accounting for Issue of Shares – Corporate and Management Accounting MCQ 4

Question 64.
T Ltd. forfeited 500 equity shares of E ₹ 10 fully called-up, held by Mr. Ram for non-payment of allotment money of ₹ 5 (including ₹ 2 premium), first call of ₹ 2 and final of ₹ 3 each. However, he paid application money @ ₹ 2 per share. These shares were reissued at ₹ 10 each. On reissue amount to be transferred to I capital reserve account = ?
(A) ₹ 1,500
(B) ₹ 2,500
(C) ₹ 500
(D) ₹ 1,000
Answer:
(D) ₹ 1,000
Accounting for Issue of Shares – Corporate and Management Accounting MCQ 5

Question 65.
T Ltd. forfeited 500 equity shares of S ₹ 10 fully called-up, held by Mr. Ram for non-payment of allotment money of ₹ 5 (including ₹ 2 premium), first call of ₹ 2 and final of ₹ 3 each. However, he paid application money @₹ 2 per share. These shares were reissued at ₹ 9 each. On reissue amount to be transferred to capital reserve account = ?
(A) ₹ 1,500
(B) ₹ 2,500
(C) ₹ 500
(D) ₹ 1,000
Answer:
(C) ₹ 500
Accounting for Issue of Shares – Corporate and Management Accounting MCQ 6

Question 66.
T Ltd. forfeited 500 equity shares of ₹ 10 fully cailed-up, held by Mr. Ram for non-payment of allotment money of ₹ 5 (including ₹ 2 premium), first call of ₹ 2 and final of ₹ 3 each. However, he paid application money (a) ₹ 2 per share. These shares were reissued at ₹ 13 each.On reissue amount to be transferred to capital reserve account = ?
(A) ₹ 1,500
(B) ₹ 2,500
(C) ₹ 500
(D) ₹ 1,000
Answer:
(D) ₹ 1,000
Accounting for Issue of Shares – Corporate and Management Accounting MCQ 7

Question 67.
W Ltd. forfeited 400 equity shares of ₹ 10 fully called-up, held by Mr. P for non payment of final of ₹ 3 each. However, he paid application money @ ₹ 2, Allotment ₹ 2 and first call ₹ 3 per share. These shares were reissued at ₹ 10 each. On reissue amount to be transferred to capital reserve account = ?
(A) ₹ 2,800
(B) ₹ 1,600
(C) ₹ 1,200
(D) ₹ 400
Answer:
(A) ₹ 2,800
Accounting for Issue of Shares – Corporate and Management Accounting MCQ 8

Question 68.
W Ltd. forfeited 400 equity shares of X 10 fully called-up, held by Mr. P for nonpayment of final of ₹ 3 each. However, he paid application money @ ₹ 2, Allotment ₹ 2 and first call ₹ 3 per share. These shares were reissued at ₹ 7 each. On reissue amount to be transferred to capital reserve account= ?
(A) ₹ 2,400
(B) ₹ 1,600
(C) ₹ 1,200
(D) ₹ 400
Answer:
(B) ₹ 1,600
Accounting for Issue of Shares – Corporate and Management Accounting MCQ 8

Question 69.
W Ltd. forfeited 400 equity shares of ₹ 10 fully called-up, held by Mr. P for nonpayment of final of ₹ 3 each. However, he paid application money @₹ 2, Allotment ₹ 2 and first call ₹ 3 per share. These shares were reissued at ₹ 13 each.On reissue amount to be transferred to capital reserve
account = ?
(A) ₹ 2,800
(B) ₹ 1,600
(C) ₹ 1,200
(D) ₹ 400
Answer:
(A) ₹ 2,800
Accounting for Issue of Shares – Corporate and Management Accounting MCQ 8

Question 70.
X Ltd. forfeited 200 equity shares of ₹ 10 each, ₹ 8 called-up for non-payment of first call money @₹ 2 each. Application money @ ₹ 2 per share and allotment money @ ₹ 4 per share have already been received by the company. Out of these 150 share were reissued at 7 per share as showing ₹ 8 paid up. On reissue amount to be transferred to capital reserve account = ₹
(A) ₹ 1,200
(B) ₹ 1,600
(C) ₹ 1,050
(D) ₹ 750
Answer:
(D) ₹ 750
Accounting for Issue of Shares – Corporate and Management Accounting MCQ 9

Question 71.
Jindal Ltd. forfeited 400 equity shares of ₹ 10 each, issued at par, held by Mr.X for non-payment of the first call of ₹ 2 per share and the final call of ₹ 3 per share. Out of these 250 equity shares were re-issued to Mr. Y ₹ 8 per share and the rest of these were re-issued to Mr. Z at ₹ 7 per share. On reissue amount to be transferred to Capital Reserve Account = ?
(A) ₹ 1,200
(B) ₹ 1,600
(C) ₹ 1,050
(D) ₹ 750
Answer:
(C) ₹ 1,050
Accounting for Issue of Shares – Corporate and Management Accounting MCQ 10

Question 72.
A company has subscribed capital of 2,0, 000 equity shares of ₹25 each, ₹ 20 per share called up. The directors forfeited 200 equity held by a shareholder who failed to pay the first call made @ ₹ 10 per share. Later, the directors reissued these shares as ₹ 20 per share paid up at ₹ 15 per share. On reissue amount to be transferred to capital reserve account = ?
(A) ₹1,000
(B) ₹1,400
(C) ₹ 1,500
(D) ₹ 1,100
Answer:
(A) ₹ 1,000
Accounting for Issue of Shares – Corporate and Management Accounting MCQ 11

Question 73.
Due to non-payment of first call of ₹ 3 per share, Mona Ltd. forfeited 100 shares of ₹ 10 each, which were issued at par, ₹ 8 per share were called-up till date. Of these forfeited shares. 80 shares were issued subsequently by Mona Ltd., at ₹ 5 as ₹ 8 paid-up per share. On reissue amount to be transferred to capital reserve account = ?
(A) ₹ 100
(B) ₹ 140
(C) ₹ 150
(D) ₹ 160
Answer:
(D) ₹ 160
Accounting for Issue of Shares – Corporate and Management Accounting MCQ 12

Question 74.
Sukriti Ltd. forfeited 100 shares of ₹ 10 each for non-payment of final call of ₹ 2. Of these, 60 shares were re-issued @ ₹ 9 per share as fully paid. On reissue amount to be transferred to capital reserve account =?
(A) ₹ 420
(B) ₹ 800
(C) ₹ 200
(D) ₹ 540
Answer:
(A) ₹ 420
Accounting for Issue of Shares – Corporate and Management Accounting MCQ 13

Question 75.
Z Ltd. issued 10,000 shares of ₹ 10 each. The called up value per share was ₹ 8. The company forfeited 200 shares of Mr. A for non-payment of 1st call money of ₹ 2 per share. He paid ₹ 6 for application and allotment money. On forfeiture, the share capital account will be -?
(A) Debited by ₹ 2,000
(B) Debited by ₹ 1,600
(C) Credited by ₹ 1,600
(D) Debited by ₹ 1,200
Answer:
(B) Debited by ₹ 1,600
On the forfeiture of shares Share Capital A/c is debited by called-up amount.
Hence, (200 × 8) = 1,600

Question 76.
Alex Ltd. forfeited 100 shares of ₹ 10 each issued at a premium of 20% (to be paid at the time of application money) on which allotment money of ₹ 4 and first call money of ₹ 3 were not received; the final call money of ₹ 2 is not yet called. These shares were originally allotted in the ratio of 4:5. These shares were subsequently re-issued at a discount of ₹ 1 per share, credited as ₹ 8 paid-up. On reissue amount to be transferred to capital reserve account = ?
(A) ₹ 90
(B) ₹ 81
(C) ₹ 75
(D) ₹ 54
Answer:
(C) ₹ 75
Accounting for Issue of Shares – Corporate and Management Accounting MCQ 14
Accounting for Issue of Shares – Corporate and Management Accounting MCQ 15
Calculations of shares applied:
For 4 allotted shares – 5 shares applied
For 100 shares – ?
\(\frac{100 \times 5}{4}\) = 125 shares

Question 77.
X Ltd. made a final call on equity shares @ ₹ 20 each. Face value of shares is ₹ 100. One shareholder holding 300 shares paid the final call after 2.5 months after it has become due. The company had adopted Table F of Schedule I to the Companies Act, 2013, the amount of interest on Calls- in-Arrear = ₹
(A) ₹ 75
(B) ₹ 125
(C) ₹ 150
(D) ₹100
Answer:
(B) ₹ 125
Interest on Calls-in-Arrear = 300 × 20 × 10% × \(\frac{2.5}{12}\) = 125

Question 78.
X Ltd. made a final call on equity shares @ ₹ 20 each. Face value of shares is ₹ 100. One shareholder holding 500 shares had paid the final call before 4 months it has become due. The company had adopted Table F of Schedule I to the Companies Act, 2013, the amount of interest on Calls- in-Advance = ?
(A) ₹ 333.33
(B) ₹ 400
(C) ₹ 2,000
(D) ₹ 600
Answer:
(B) ₹ 400
Interest on Calls-in-Advance = 500 × 20 × 12% × \(\frac{4}{12}\) = 400

Question 79.
Z Ltd. made the first call of X 30 per share on 15.1.2015. The last date of payment of call money was 31.1.2015. Mr. N, holding 50,000shares paid the call money on 15.3.2015. The company had adopted Table F of Schedule I to the Companies Act, 2013, the amount of interest on Calls- in-Arrear = ?
(A) ₹ 16,250
(B) ₹ 19,375
(C) ₹ 18,750
(D) ₹ 17,500
Answer:
(C) ₹ 18,750
Interest on Calls-in-Arrear = 50,000 × 30 × 10% × \(\frac{1.5}{12}\) =18,750

Question 80.
On 1.1.2015, X Ltd. makes an issue of 1,0, 000 equity shares of ₹ 100 each payable as follows:
Application ₹ 20
Allotment 30
Final Call 50 (3 months after allotment)
Applications were received for 1,20,000 shares and the directors refunded the excess application money. One shareholder, who was allotted 2,000, shares paid first and final call with allotment money and another shareholder did not pay allotment money on his 3,000 shares but which he paid with first and final call. Directors have decided to charge and allows interest, according to the Table F of Schedule I to the Companies Act, 2013. Amount of interest on calls-in- arrear = ₹
(A) ₹ 2,700
(B) ₹ 4,500
(C) ₹ 2,250
(D) ₹ 3,750
Answer:
(C) ₹ 2,250
Interest on Calls-in-Arrear = 3,000 × 30 × 10% × \(\frac{3}{12}\) = 2,250

Question 81.
On 1.1.2015, X Ltd. marks an issue of 1,0, 000 equity shares of ₹100 each payable as follows:
Application ₹ 20
Allotment 30
Final call 50 (3 months after allotment)
Applications were received for 1,20,000 shares and the directors refunded the excess application money. One shareholder, who was allotted 2,000, shares paid first and final call with allotment money and another shareholder did not pay allotment money on his 3,000 shares but which he paid with first and final call. Directors have decided to charge and allows interest, according to the Table F of Schedule I to the Companies Act, 2013. Interest on calls-in-advance = ₹
(A) ₹ 3,000
(B) ₹ 2,500
(C) ₹ 1,800
(D) ₹ 1,500
Answer:
(A) ₹ 3,000
Interest on Calls-in-Advance = 2,000 × 50 × 12% × \(\frac{3}{12}\) = 3,000

Question 82.
W Ltd. issued 2,00,000 shares of ₹ 100 each at a premium of 20% on May 01,2015, payable as follows:
On application (including premium) ₹ 45
On allotment ₹ 25
On first & final call ₹ 50
Sunil to whom 10,000 shares were allotted, has paid ₹ 5,00,000 on June 01,2015. At the time of remitting the allotment money, he indicated that the excess money should be adjusted towards the call money. The directors of the company made the first and final call on October 31, 2015. The company has a policy of paying interest on calls-in-advance as per Table F of Schedule I to the Companies Act, 2013. The amount of interest paid to Sunil on Calls-in-Advance will be……
(A) ₹ 25,000
(B) ₹ 12,500
(C) ₹ 20,833.33
(D) ₹ 18,750
Answer:
(B) ₹ 12,500
Amount due on allotment by Sunil = 10,000 × 25 = 2,50,000.
Thus, Calls-in-Advance = 5,00,000 – 2,50,000 = 2,50,000
2,50,0 × 12% × \(\frac{5}{12}\)= 12,500

Question 83.
Director of ZPA Ltd. made a final call of ₹ 50 per share on 1st August, 2015 indicating the last date of payment of call to be 31st August, 2015. Mr. Black holding 5,000 shares paid the call money on 15 October, 2015. The company has a policy of paying interest on calls-in-arrear as per Table F of Schedule I to the Companies Act, 2013. Interest on calls-in-arrear = ?
(A) ₹ 3,125
(B) ₹ 1,562.50
(C) ₹ 1,875
(D) ₹ 1,500
Answer:
(A) ₹ 3,125
Interest on Calls-in-Arrear = 5,000 × 50 × 10% × \(\frac{1.5}{12}\) = 3,125

Question 84.
Director of NSZ Ltd. made a final call of ₹ 50 per share on 1st August, 2015 indicating the last date of payment of call to be 31st August, 2015. Mr. Black holding 8,000shares paid the call money on 15 June, 2015 along with first call-in-advance. The company has a policy of paying interest on calls-in-advance as per Table F of Schedule I to the Companies Act, 2013. Interest on calls-in-advance= ?
(A) ₹ 6,000
(B) ₹ 8,333.33
(C) ₹ 5,000
(D) ₹ 10,000
Answer:
(D) ₹ 10,000
Interest on Calls-in-Advance = 8,000 × 50 × 12% × \(\frac{2.5}{12}\) = 10,000

Question 85.
Following data is available from the records of NS Ltd.
Issued capital — 2,00,000
Call in arrear — 10,000
P&L credit balance 1.4.2018 — 67,000
Profit for the year — 1,90,610
The company wants to create debenture redemption reserve and transfer ₹ 50,000 every year.
The company declared 1096 dividend.
The balance of surplus after effecting the above transaction = ₹
(A) ₹ 1,06,000
(B) ₹ 1,06,810
(C) ₹ 1,68,100
(D) ₹ 1,88,610
Answer:
(D) ₹ 1,88,610
Dividend = (2,00,000 – 10,000) × 10% = 19,000
Surplus after dividend = 67,000 + 1,90,610 – 19,000 – 50,000 = 1,88,610

Question 86.
N Ltd. purchased fixed asset of ₹ 28,80,000. The consideration was paid by issue of shares of ₹ 100 each at 20% premium. No of shares to be issued -………….
(A) 32,000 shares
(B) 36,000 shares
(C) 28,800 shares
(D) 24,000 shares
Answer:
(D) 24,000 shares

Question 87.
Z Ltd. proposed to issue 1,00,000 equity shares of ₹ 100 each at a premium of 20%. The minimum amount of application money to be collected per share as per the Companies Act, 2013 will be
(A) ₹5
(B) ₹6
(C) ₹12
(D) ₹ 8
Answer:
(A) ₹5
Minimum amount to be collected as per Companies Act, 2013:
Face Value × 5% = 100 × 5% = 5

Question 88.
Z Ltd. proposed to issue 1,00,000 equity shares of ₹ 100 each at a premium of 20%. The minimum amount of application money to be collected per share as per the SEBI Regulations will be -………….
(A) ₹ 25
(B) ₹ 30
(C) ₹ 120
(D) ₹50
Answer:
(B) ₹ 30
Minimum amount to be collected as per SEBI Regulations :
Issue price × 25% = 120 × 25% = 30

Question 89.
Discount on issue of debentures is a -………….
(A) Capital loss to be shown as goodwill
(B) Capital loss to be written off over the tenure of debentures
(C) Revenue loss to be charged in the year of issue
(D) Capital loss to be written off from the capital reserve
Answer:
(B) Capital loss to be written off over the tenure of debentures

Introduction to Financial Accounting – Corporate and Management Accounting MCQ

Going through the Introduction to Financial Accounting – Corporate and Management Accounting CS Executive MCQ Questions with Answers you can quickly revise the concepts.

Introduction to Financial Accounting – Corporate and Management Accounting MCQs

Question 1.
………. is used by business entities for keeping records of their monetary or financial transactions.
(A) Accounting
(B) Cost accounting
(C) Costing
(D) Budgetary Control
Answer:
(A) Accounting

Question 2.
Accounting is “the art of recording, classifying and summarizing in a significant manner and in terms of money, transactions and events which are, in part at least, of a financial character and interpreting the results thereof”. This definition is given by -…………..
(A) Institute of Chartered Accountant of India (ICAI)
(B) Institute of Chartered Accountant of England
(C) American Institute of Certified Public Accountants
(D) Institute of Chartered Accountant of Pakistan
Answer:
(C) American Institute of Certified Public Accountants

Question 3.
Which of the following is attribute of accounting
(A) Accounting is social science.
(B) It involves recording, classifying and summarizing.
(C) It records transaction of qualitative nature
(D) All of the above
Answer:
(B) It involves recording, classifying and summarizing.

Question 4.
…… is the language of business and used to communicate financial and other information to different interested parties like creditors, investors, researchers, governments etc.
(A) Accounting
(B) Cost Accounting
(C) Costing
(D) Management Accounting
Answer:
(A) Accounting

Question 5.
Accounting is -…..
1. An art
2. A science
Select the correct answer from the options given below –
(A) 1 only
(B) 2 only
(C) Partly 1 and Partly 2
(D) 2 but not 1
Answer:
(C) Partly 1 and Partly 2

Question 6.
Which of these is not a function of Financial Accounting
(A) To provide financial information to the users of the financial statements.
(B) To portray gloomy picture of the business in order to evade tax liabilities.
(C) To keep a systematic record of business transactions.
(D) To depict a true and fair view of the financial position of the business.
Answer:
(B) To portray gloomy picture of the business in order to evade tax liabilities.

Question 7.
Accounting involves -…………
(I) Recording
(II) Classifying
(III) Summarizing
Select the correct answer from options given below –
(A) (I)
(B) (I) & (III)
(C) (I)&(II)
(D) All of the above are correct
Answer:
(D) All of the above are correct

Question 8.
Systematically writing down the transactions and events in account books soon after their occurrence is known as -………..
(A) Classifying
(B) Recording
(C) Summarizing
(D) Numbering
Answer:
(B) Recording

Question 9.
The process of grouping transactions or entries of the same type at one place is known as -………
(A) Classifying
(B) Recording
(C) Summarizing
(D) Numbering
Answer:
(A) Classifying

Question 10.
Which of the following involves the preparation of reports and statements from the classified data (ledger) understandable and useful to management and other interested parties
(A) Classifying
(B) Recording
(C) Summarizing
(D) All of the above
Answer:
(C) Summarizing

Question 11.
Accounting records only those transactions and events which are of -………..
X. Social character
Y. Financial character
Select the correct answer from the options given below –
(A) X only
(B) Y only
(C) Both X & Y
(D) None of above
Answer:
(B) Y only

Question 12.
The statements prepared by the summarizing process is known as ……….. which will show the profit or loss made by the business over a period of time and the total capital employed in the business.
(A) Financial statements
(B) Budgeted statements
(C) Standard cost statements
(D) All of the above
Answer:
(A) Financial statements

Question 13.
Which of the following is/are the branch of accounting
(P) Financial Accounting
(Q) Cost Accounting
(R) Management Accounting Select the correct answer –
(A) (P)
(B) (Q)
(C) (R)
(D) All of the above
Answer:
(D) All of the above

Question 14.
Which of the following is/are not the branch of accounting
(A) Cost Accounting
(B) Financial Accounting
(C) Human Resources Accounting
(D) All of the above
Answer:
(C) Human Resources Accounting

Question 15.
Which of the following is the branch of accounting
(I) Human Resources Accounting
(II) Social Accounting
(III) Security Accounting The correct answer is –
(A) (i) & (ii)
(B) (ii) & (iii)
(C) (i) & (iii)
(D) None of the above
Answer:
(D) None of the above

Question 16.
Which of the following is/are the main functions of accounting
(A) Keeping systematic records
(B) Protecting and controlling business properties
(C) Ascertaining the operational profit/ loss
(D) All of the above
Answer:
(D) All of the above

Question 17.
Which of the following is /are the main functions of accounting
1. Allowing credit to customers
2. Ascertaining the operational profit or loss
3. Providing leadership to accounting staff
Select the correct answer from options given below-
(A) 1 & 3
(B) 2 only
(C) 1,2 & 3
(D) None of the above
Answer:
(B) 2 only

Question 18.
Which of the following is/are the advantages of accounting
(i) Maintenance of legal recor4s
(ii) Preparation of financial statements
(iii) Comparison of results The correct answer is……
(A) (i) only
(B) (i)&(ii)
(C) (ii) only
(D) (ii) & (iii)
Answer:
(D) (ii) & (iii)

Question 19.
Which of the following is/are the advantages of accounting
(A) Decision making relating to financial aspect
(B) Evidence in legal matters relating to accounting
(C) Provides information to interested parties
(D) All of the above
Answer:
(D) All of the above

Question 20.
Which of the following is/are NOT the advantages of accounting
(A) Helps in taxation matters
(B) Valuation of business
(C) Accounting information is based on estimates.
(D) All of the above
Answer:
(C) Accounting information is based on estimates.

Question 21.
Which of the following is/are NOT the advantages of accounting
(A) Protecting and controlling strategic policy formulation
(B) Preparation of financial statements
(C) Comparison of results
(D) All of the above
Answer:
(A) Protecting and controlling strategic policy formulation

Question 22.
Which of the following is/are the limitations of accounting
(A) Accounting information is expressed in terms of money
(B) Accounting information is based on estimates.
(C) Accounting information may be biased.
(D) All of the above
Answer:
(D) All of the above

Question 23.
Which of the following is/are the limitations of accounting
(A) Accounting can be manipulated
(B) Money as a measurement unit changes in value
(C) Accounting information is based on estimates.
(D) All of the above
Answer:
(D) All of the above

Question 24.
Which of the following is/are not the limitations of accounting
(A) Provides information to interested parties
(B) Accounting information is expressed in terms of money
(C) Accounting information is based on estimates.
(D) All of the above
Answer:
(A) Provides information to interested parties

Question 25.
……. is mainly concerned with recording of financial data relating to the business operations in a significant and orderly manner.
(A) Accounting
(B) Book-keeping
(C) Posting
(D) Journalizing
Answer:
(A) Accounting

Question 26.
…….. covers procedural aspects of accounting work and includes record keeping function.
(A) Accounting
(B) Book-keeping
(C) Posting
(D) Journalizing
Answer:
(B) Book-keeping

Question 27.
Book-keeping is concerned with the ……….of transactions while Accounting is concerned with the ……. of the recorded transactions.
(A) Recording, summarizing
(B) Summarizing, Recording
(C) Posting, Recording
(D) Summarizing, Posting
Answer:
(A) Recording, summarizing

Question 28.
Which among the following constitutes the base for accounting
(A) Book-keeping
(B) Posting
(C) Analyzing
(D) None of above
Answer:
(A) Book-keeping

Question 29.
Financial statement do not form part of bookkeeping.
(A) True
(B) False
(C) Partly true
(D) None of above
Answer:
(A) True

Question 30.
Financial position of the business is ascertained on the basis of -…….
A. Book-keeping
B. Accounting reports The correct answer is -……
(A) Both A and B
(B) B only
(C) Either A or B
(D) A only
Answer:
(B) B only

Question 31.
…….. is a system in which accounting entries are made only when cash is received or paid.
(A) Accrual system of accounting
(B) Cash system of accounting
(C) Hybrid system of accounting
(D) Mercantile system of accounting
Answer:
(B) Cash system of accounting

Question 32.
………… is a system in which transactions are recorded on the basis of amounts having become due for payment or receipt.
(A) Accrual system of accounting
(B) Cash system of accounting
(C) Hybrid system of accounting
(D) None of the above
Answer:
(A) Accrual system of accounting

Question 33.
Which of the following has no relevance whether the receipts pertain to previous period or future period
(A) Accrual system of accounting
(B) Cash system of accounting
(C) Hybrid system of accounting
(D) None of the above
Answer:
(B) Cash system of accounting

Question 34.
………… is incompatible with the matching principle of income determination.
(A) Accrual system of accounting
(B) Cash basis of accounting
(C) Hybrid system of accounting
(D) None of the above
Answer:
(B) Cash basis of accounting

Question 35.
………… attempt to record the financial effects of the transactions, events, and circumstances of an enterprise in the period in which they occur rather than recording them in period(s) in which cash is received or paid by the enterprise.
(A) Accrual system of accounting
(B) Cash basis of accounting
(C) Hybrid system of accounting
(D) None of the above
Answer:
(A) Accrual system of accounting

Question 36.
Cash system of accounting is suitable in which of the following cases
(A) Where the organization is very small or in the case of individuals
(B) Where credit transactions are almost negligible and collections are uncertain
(C) Both (A) & (B)
(D) Neither (A) nor (B)
Answer:
(C) Both (A) & (B)

Question 37.
Doctors, lawyers, firms of chartered accountants/Company Secretaries generally follows of accounting
(A) Accrual system of accounting
(B) Cash basis of accounting
(C) Hybrid system of accounting
(D) None of the above
Answer:
(B) Cash basis of accounting

Question 38.
Which of the following is/are the essential features of accrual basis of accounting
(A) Revenue is recognized when cash is received
(B) Costs are matched against revenues on the basis of relevant time period to determine periodic income.
(C) Costs which are not charged to in-come are carried forward and are kept under continuous review.
(D) Both (B) & (C)
Answer:
(D) Both (B) & (C)

Question 39.
Which of the following is/are the essential features of accrual basis of accounting
(I) Revenue is recognized only when cash is received.
(II) Costs are matched against revenues on the basis of relevant time period to determine periodic income.
(III) Costs which are not charged to income are carried forward and are kept under continuous review.
(IV) Receipts or incomes are recorded as and when cash is received or becomes due on the other hand payments are recorded only when cash is actually paid.
The correct answer is –
(A) (I) & (IV) only
(B) (I), (III) & (IV) only
(C) (III) & (IV) only
(D) (II) & (III) only
Answer:
(D) (II) & (III) only

Question 40.
Accounting is of primary importance to the -……..
(A) Proprietors and the managers
(B) Creditors and workers
(C) Debtors & government
(D) Bankers & creditors
Answer:
(A) Proprietors and the managers

Question 41.
Which of the following is/are external users of accounting information’s
(A) Shareholders/investors
(B) Creditors
(C) Government agencies
(D) All of the above
Answer:
(D) All of the above

Question 42.
Which of the following would be considered as external users of accounting information’s
(A) Board of Directors
(B) Shareholders
(C) Finance manager
(D) Sales manager
Answer:
(B) Shareholders

Question 43.
Select the odd one in relation to users of accounting information’s.
(A) Officers
(B) Managers
(C) Debtors
(D) Board of directors
Answer:
(C) Debtors

Question 44.
Regulatory Agencies interested as users of accounting information’s includes……………
(A) Various Government departments
(B) Agencies such as National Company Law Tribunal (NCLT)
(C) Registrar of Companies (RoC)
(D) All of the above
Answer:
(D) All of the above

Question 45.
Which of the following is characteristic of accounting information
P. Relevance
Q. Reliability
R. Comparability
Select the correct answer from the options given below –
(A) P
(B) Q
(C) R
(D) All of the above
Answer:
(D) All of the above

Question 46.
Which of the following is not characteristic of accounting information
(A) Understandability
(B) Relevance
(C) Future transactions
(D) Completeness
Answer:
(C) Future transactions

Question 47.
Which of the following is/are can be treated as role of accountant
(A) Personnel management
(B) Innovations & environmental scanning
(C) Advisory role in taxation
(D) All of the above
Answer:
(C) Advisory role in taxation

Question 48.
Which of the following is/are cannot be treated as role of accountant
(A) Strategy formulation
(B) Internal Audit
(C) Statutory Audit
(D) Maintenance of Books of Account
Answer:
(A) Strategy formulation

Question 49.
Which of the following is/are can be treated as role of accountant
(A) Maintenance of Books of Account
(B) Taxation services
(C) Investigation of accountants
(D) All of the above
Answer:
(D) All of the above

Question 50.
………… refer to the specific accounting principles and the methods of applying those principles adopted by the enterprise in the preparation and presentation of financial statements.
(A) Accounting methods
(B) Accounting policies
(C) Accounting concepts
(D) Accounting assumptions
Answer:
(B) Accounting policies

Question 51.
Accounting policies followed by organizations -………….
(A) Can be changed every year.
(B) Should be consistently followed from year to year
(C) Can be changed after 5 years
(D) None of the above
Answer:
(B) Should be consistently followed from year to year

Question 52.
When a change in accounting policy is justified……….
(A) To comply with accounting standard
(B) To ensure more appropriate presentation of the financial statement of the enterprise
(C) To comply with law
(D) All of the above
Answer:
(D) All of the above

Question 53.
It is essential to standardize the accounting principles and policies in order to ensure -……
(A) Transparency
(B) Profitability
(C) Reputation
(D) All of the above
Answer:
(A) Transparency

Question 54.
A specific accounting policy refers to -…………
(A) Principles
(B) Methods of applying those principals
(C) Both (A) & (B)
(D) None of the above
Answer:
(C) Both (A) & (B)

Question 55.
The determination of the amount of bad debts is an accounting -………
(A) Policy
(B) Estimate
(C) Parameter
(D) None of the above
Answer:
(B) Estimate

Question 56.
Generally, which of the following measurement bases are usually accepted in accounting parlance
(A) Historical Cost
(B) Current Cost
(C) Realizable Value
(D) Any of the above
Answer:
(D) Any of the above

Question 57.
Book value & Market value of machinery on 31.3.2015 was ₹ 1,00,000 & ₹ 1,10,000 respectively. As on 31.3.2019, if the company values the machinery at ₹ 1,10,000, which of the following valuation principle is being followed –
(A) Historical Cost
(B) Present Value
(C) Realisable Value
(D) Current Cost
On the basis of following information answer next 4 questions.
Mohan purchased a machinery amounting ₹ 10,000 on 1.4.2010.
On 31.3.2019, similar machinery could be purchased for ₹ 20,000 but the realizable value of the machinery (purchased on 1.4.2010) was estimated at ₹ 15,000. The present discounted value of the future net cash inflows that the machinery was expected to generate in the normal course of business, was calculated as ₹ 12,000.
Answer:
(C) Realisable Value

Question 58.
The current cost of the machinery is -…………..
(A) ₹ 10,000
(B) ₹ 20,000
(C) ₹ 15,000
(D) ₹ 12,000
Answer:
(B) ₹ 20,000

Question 59.
The present value of machinery is -……..
(A) ₹ 10,000
(B) ₹ 20,000
(C) ₹ 15,000
(D) ₹ 12,000
Answer:
(D) ₹ 12,000

Question 60.
The historical cost of machinery is -……
(A) ₹ 10,000
(B) ₹ 20,000
(C) ₹ 15,000
(D) ₹ 12,000
Answer:
(A) ₹ 10,000

Question 61.
The realizable value of machinery is -………
(A) ₹ 10,000
(B) ₹ 20,000
(C) ₹ 15,000
(D) 112,000
Answer:
(C) ₹ 15,000

Question 62.
Property, plant and equipment are conventionally presented in the balance sheet at -……….
(A) Replacement cost less accumulated depreciation
(B) Historical cost less salvage value
(C) Historical cost less depreciation portion there of
(D) Original cost adjusted for general price-level changes
Answer:
(C) Historical cost less depreciation portion there of

Question 63.
All accounts are classified into – …………
(A) Personal
(B) Real
(C) Nominal accounts
(D) Any of the above
Answer:
(D) Any of the above

Question 64.
Accounts recording transactions with a person or group of persons are known -………
(A) Personal accounts
(B) Real accounts
(C) Nominal accounts
(D) impersonal accounts
Answer:
(A) Personal accounts

Question 65.
Personal accounts are of the following types……..
(A) Natural, Real, Representative
(B) Artificial, Legal, Nominal
(C) Natural, Artificial, Representative
(D) Any of the above
Answer:
(C) Natural, Artificial, Representative

Question 66.
An account recording transactions with an individual human being is termed as a -….
(A) Artificial or legal persons account
(B) Natural persons’ personal account
(C) Representative personal accounts
(D) Any of the above
Answer:
(B) Natural persons’ personal account

Question 67.
Accounts relating to properties or assets are known as -…..
(A) Real Accounts
(B) Personal Accounts
(C) Nominal Accounts
(D) None of above
Answer:
(A) Real Accounts

Question 68.
An account recording financial transactions with an artificial person created by law or otherwise are termed as -……….
(A) Artificial or legal persons account
(B) Natural persons’ personal account
(C) Representative personal accounts
(D) Any of the above
Answer:
(A) Artificial or legal persons account

Question 69.
Real accounts can be further classified into -………….
(A) Tangible
(B) Intangible
(C) (A) or (B)
(D) None of above
Answer:
(C) (A) or (B)

Question 70.
Accounts which represent a certain person or group of persons are termed as -…….
(A) Artificial or legal persons account
(B) Natural persons personal account
(C) Representative personal accounts
(D) Any of the above
Answer:
(C) Representative personal accounts

Question 71.
The process of balancing of an account involves equalization of both sides of the account. If the debit side of an account exceeds the credit side, the difference is put on the credit side. The said balance is -….
(i) A debit balance
(ii) A credit balance
(iii) An expenditure or an asset
(iv) An income or a liability
Select the correct answer from the options given below –
(A) Only (ii) above
(B) Only (iv) above
(C) Both (i) and (iii) above
(D) Both (ii) and (iii) above
Answer:
(C) Both (i) and (iii) above

Question 72.
Which of the following types of accounts represent assets and properties which can be seen, touched, felt, measured, purchased and sold………..
(A) Tangible real accounts
(B) Intangible real accounts
(C) Representative personal accounts
(D) Artificial or legal persons account
Answer:
(A) Tangible real accounts

Question 73.
Accounts relating to income, revenue, gain expenses and losses are termed as:……..
(A) Real Accounts
(B) Personal Accounts
(C) Nominal Accounts
(D) None of above
Answer:
(C) Nominal Accounts

Question 74.
………. accounts represent assets and ……… properties which cannot be seen, touched or felt but they can be measured in terms of money.
(A) Tangible real accounts
(B) Intangible real accounts
(C) Representative personal accounts
(D) Artificial or legal persons account
Answer:
(B) Intangible real accounts

Question 75.
The rule for nominal accounts is -…….
(A) Debit the receiver. Credit the giver
(B) Debit what comes in, Credit what goes out
(C) Debit all expenses and losses, Credit all incomes and gains
(D) All of the above
Answer:
(C) Debit all expenses and losses, Credit all incomes and gains

Question 76.
The rule for personal accounts is -……..
(A) Debit the receiver. Credit the giver
(B) Debit what comes in, Credit what goes out
(C) Debit all expenses and losses, Credit all incomes and gains
(D) All of the above
Answer:
(A) Debit the receiver. Credit the giver

Question 77.
The rule for real accounts is -……..
(A) Debit the receiver, Credit the giver
(B) Debit what comes in, Credit what goes out
(C) Debit all expenses and losses, Credit all incomes and gains
(D) All of the above
Answer:
(B) Debit what comes in, Credit what goes out

Question 78.
Goodwill accounts, patents account, trademarks account, copyrights account are examples of –
(A) Tangible real accounts
(B) Intangible real accounts
(C) Representative personal accounts
(D) Artificial or legal persons account
Answer:
(B) Intangible real accounts

Question 79.
Provision for doubtful debts account, stock reserve account etc. are -…..
(A) Valuation (Personal) accounts
(B) Artificial or legal persons personal account
(C) Tangible real accounts
(D) Nominal Accounts
Answer:
(A) Valuation (Personal) accounts

Question 80.
Trading account is a -……
(A) Personal account
(B) Real account
(C) Nominal account
(D) Valuation account
Answer:
(C) Nominal account

Question 81.
Outstanding wages is a -…….
(A) Real Accounts
(B) Personal Accounts
(C) Nominal Accounts
(D) None of above
Answer:
(B) Personal Accounts

Question 82.
Which of the following account is tangible real account……..
(A) Patent
(B) Goodwill
(C) Machinery
(D) Creditors
Answer:
(C) Machinery

Question 83.
Which of the following account is the odd one out
(A) Office furniture & equipment
(B) Freehold land & buildings
(C) Stock of materials
(D) Plant & machinery
Answer:
(C) Stock of materials

Question 84.
At the end of the accounting year all the nominal accounts of the ledger book are -……
(A) Balanced but not transferred to profit and loss account
(B) Not balanced and also the balance is not transferred to the profit and loss account
(C) Balanced and the balance is transferred to the balance sheet
(D) Not balanced and their balance is transferred to the profit and loss account.
Answer:
(D) Not balanced and their balance is transferred to the profit and loss account.

Question 85.
Which of the following are current assets of a business
(i) Income received in advance
(ii) Stock
(iii) Debtors
(iv) Pre-paid expenses
(v) Accrued income
Select the correct answer from the options given below
(A) Both (i) and (iv) above
(B) Both (ii) and (iii) above
(C) (i), (ii) and (iii) above
(D) (ii), (iii), (iv) and (v) above
Answer:
(D) (ii), (iii), (iv) and (v) above

Question 86.
There are …………. systems of keeping records.
(A) Single Entry System & Double Accounts System
(B) Single Account System & Double Accounts System
(C) Single entry system & Double entry system
(D) Single Entry System & Duplicate account system
Answer:
(C) Single entry system & Double entry system

Question 87.
Which system of accounts recognizes the fact that every transaction has two aspects and records both aspects of each and every transaction
(A) Single entry system
(B) Double entry system
(C) Double account system
(D) Duplicate account system
Answer:
(B) Double entry system

Question 88.
In double entry system of book-keeping every business transaction affects:
(A) Two accounts with equal but opposite effect.
(B) Two sides of the same account.
(C) The same account on two different dates.
(D) All of the above
Answer:
(A) Two accounts with equal but opposite effect.

Question 89.
As per the provisions of the Companies Act, 2013, companies must maintain their accounts under –
(A) Double account system
(B) Single entry system
(C) Double entry system
(D) Duplicate account system
Answer:
(C) Double entry system

Question 90.
Which of the following is/are merit of double entry system
(A) It keeps a complete record of business transactions.
(B) It provides a check on the arithmetical accuracy of accounts
(C) The detailed profit and loss account can be prepared to show profits earned or loss suffered during any given period.
(D) All of the above
Answer:
(D) All of the above

Question 91.
Which of the following accounting equation is correct
(A) Assets + Capital = Liabilities
(B) Assets + Liabilities = Capital
(C) Assets + Liabilities + Capital = Nil
(D) None of the above
Answer:
(D) None of the above

Question 92.
If an individual asset is increased, there will be a corresponding -……..
(A) Increase of another asset or increase of capital
(B) Decrease of another asset or increase of liability
(C) Decrease of specific liability or decrease of capital
(D) Increase of drawings and liability
Answer:
(B) Decrease of another asset or increase of liability

Question 93.
Which of the following equation is correct
(A) Capital + Liabilities = Fixed Assets + Current Assets
(B) Capital + Liabilities – Current Assets = Fixed Assets
(C) Assets = Liabilities + Capital
(D) All of the above
Answer:
(D) All of the above

Question 94.
Which of the financial statement represents the accounting equation
(A) Manufacturing account
(B) Cash flow statement
(C) Balance sheet
(D) Profit and loss account
Answer:
(C) Balance sheet

Question 95.
Difference between assets and outsiders liability is -…………..
(A) Creditors
(B) Capital
(C) Drawings
(D) Bills payable
Answer:
(B) Capital

Question 96.
A businessman purchased goods for ₹ 25,00,000 and sold 80% of such goods during the accounting year ended 31st March, 2019. The market value of the remaining goods was ₹ 4,00,000. He valued the closing stock at cost. He violated the concept of -………
(A) Periodicity
(B) Conservatism
(C) Money measurement
(D) Cost
Answer:
(B) Conservatism

Question 97.
According to which concept, the owner of an enterprise pays the ‘interest on drawings’
(A) Conservatism concept
(B) Dual aspect concept
(C) Entity concept
(D) Accrued concept
Answer:
(A) Conservatism concept

Question 98.
Mr. Ashok buys clothing of ₹ 50,000 paying cash ₹ 20,000. What is the amount of expense as per the accrued concept ……………
(A) ₹ 30,000
(B) ₹ 20,000
(C) ₹ 50,000
(D) Nil
Answer:
(C) ₹ 50,000

Question 99.
Capital = ₹ 1,00,000, Outsiders liability = ₹ 2,50,000, Toted assets = ?
(A) 3,50,000
(B) 1,50,000
(C) 2,00,000
(D) 1,75,000
Answer:
(A) 3,50,000

Question 100.
Fixed assets = ₹ 5,50,000, Current assets = ₹ 2,25,000, Current liabilities = ₹ 1,50,000, Bank Loan = ₹ 1,75,000. Capital =?
(A) 3,50,000
(B) 5,50,000
(C) 4,50,000
(D) 6,50,000
Answer:
(C) 4,50,000

Question 101.
Current Assets – Current liabilities =?
(A) Working capital
(B) Capital
(C) Debtors
(D) Owners equity
Answer:
(A) Working capital

Question 102.
On 1.1.2019, CS N. S. Zad paid rent of ₹ 25,000 for Zads Professional Academy. This can be classified as –
(A) An event
(B) A transaction
(C) A transaction as well as an event
(D) Neither a transaction nor an event
Answer:
(A) An event

Question 103.
Mr. Bhandari purchased a car for ₹ 50,000, making a down payment of ₹10,000 and signing a ₹ 40,000 bill payable due in 60 days. Asa result of this transaction
(A) Total assets increased by ₹ 50,000
(B) Total liabilities increased by ₹ 40,000
(C) Total assets increased by ₹ 40,000
(D) Toted assets increased by ₹40,000with corresponding increase in liabilities by ₹ 40,000
Answer:
(D) Toted assets increased by ₹40,000with corresponding increase in liabilities by ₹ 40,000

Question 104.
Accounting policy for inventories of X Ltd. states that inventories are valued at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Which accounting principle in followed in adopting the above policy
(A) Materiality
(B) Prudence
(C) Substance over form
(D) All of the above
Answer:
(B) Prudence

Question 105.
On 31.3.2019 after sale of goods ₹2,000, Neelam is left with the closing inventory of ₹ 10,000. This is -…….
(A) An event
(B) A transaction
(C) A transaction as well as an event
(D) Neither a transaction nor an event
Answer:
(A) An event

Question 106.
Provisions for doubtful debts, provision for discount on debtors are based on -………
(A) Prudence
(B) Substance over from
(C) Materiality
(D) All of the above
Answer:
(A) Prudence

Question 107.
Purposes of an accounting system include all the following except -……
(A) Interpret and record the effects of business transaction
(B) Classify the effects of transactions to facilitate the preparation of reports
(C) Summarize and communicate information to decision makers
(D) Dictate the specific types of business enterprise transactions that the enterprises may engage in.
Answer:
(D) Dictate the specific types of business enterprise transactions that the enterprises may engage in.

Question 108.
Accounting cycle or accounting process includes -……..
(X) Journalizing (Summarizing)
(Y) Posting to ledger (Recording)
(Z) Final account (Classifying)
Find the correct match.
(A) (X)
(B) (Y)
(C) All (X), (Y) & (Z)
(D) None of the above
Answer:
(D) None of the above

Question 109.
…… includes identifying, recording, classifying and summarizing the transactions.
(A) Accounting posting
(B) Accounting cycle
(C) Tally of accounts
(D) All of the above
Answer:
(B) Accounting cycle

Question 110.
In which order the accounting transactions and events are recorded in the books
(A) Journal, Subsidiary books. Ledger and Trial Balance
(B) Ledger, Journal, Ledger, and Trial Balance.
(C) Subsidiary books, Ledger and Trial Balance and Journal.
(D) Profit and loss account, Ledger, Balance sheet, Journal.
Answer:
(A) Journal, Subsidiary books. Ledger and Trial Balance

Question 111.
Journal is the book of in which every transaction is recorded before being posted into the ledger.
(A) Primary entry
(B) Secondary entry
(C) Third entry
(D) None of above
Answer:
(A) Primary entry

Question 112.
………. is a book in which all the business transactions are originally recorded in chronological order and from which they are posted to the ledger accounts at any convenient time.
(A) Ledger
(B) Journal
(C) Purchases returns books
(D) Sales book
Answer:
(B) Journal

Question 113.
Journal has columns.
(A) 4
(B) 5
(C) 3
(D) 6
Answer:
(B) 5

Question 114.
Transactions which are inter-connected and have taken place simultaneously are recorded by means of a -……….
(A) Adjustment entry
(B) Combined journal entry
(C) Either (A) or (B)
(D) Closing entry
Answer:
(B) Combined journal entry

Question 115.
……….. is the principal books of account where similar transactions relating to a particular person or property or revenue or expense are recorded.
(A) Ledger
(B) Journal
(C) Purchases returns books
(D) Sales book
Answer:
(A) Ledger

Question 116.
Ledger is the of accounts where …….. similar transactions relating to a particular person or property or revenue or expense are recorded.
(A) Principal book
(B) Primary entry book
(C) Third entry book
(D) None of above
Answer:
(A) Principal book

Question 117.
………is a books of account; in which all types of accounts relating to assets, liabilities, capital, expenses and revenues are maintained.
(A) Ledger
(B) Journal
(C) Primary entry book
(D) None of above
Answer:
(B) Journal

Question 118.
The process of recording transaction in journal is termed as -………
(A) Balancing
(B) Posting
(C) Journalizing
(D) None of above
Answer:
(C) Journalizing

Question 119.
Process of recording transaction is ledger is known as -………
(A) Balancing
(B) Posting
(C) Journalizing
(D) None of above
Answer:
(B) Posting

Question 120.
Journal is book of -………
(A) Analytical record
(B) Chronological record
(C) Alphabetical record
(D) None of above
Answer:
(B) Chronological record

Question 121.
Ledger is book for – ……….
(A) Analytical record
(B) Chronological record
(C) Alphabetical record
(D) None of above
Answer:
(A) Analytical record

Question 122.
The process of equalizing the two sides of an account by putting the difference on the side where amount is short is known as -…..
(A) Balancing
(B) Posting
(C) Journalizing
(D) None of above
Answer:
(A) Balancing

Question 123.
Journal and ledger records transactions in -………
(A) A chronological order and analytical order respectively.
(B) An analytical order and chronological order respectively.
(C) A chronological order only
(D) An analytical order only.
Answer:
(A) A chronological order and analytical order respectively.

Question 124.
Ledger book is popularly known as -………
(A) Secondary books of account
(B) Principal books of account
(C) Subsidiary books of account
(D) None of the above
Answer:
(B) Principal books of account

Question 125.
At the end of the accounting year all the nominal accounts of the ledger book are -……….
(A) Balanced but not transferred to profit and loss account
(B) Not balanced and also the balance is not transferred to the profit and loss account
(C) Balanced and the balance is transferred to the balance sheet
(D) Not balanced and their balance is transferred to the profit and loss account.
Answer:
(D) Not balanced and their balance is transferred to the profit and loss account.

Question 126.
The sub-division of journal into various subsidiary journals in which transactions of similar nature are recorded are called -………
(A) Subsidiary books.
(B) Ledger
(C) Journal
(D) Analytical record
Answer:
(A) Subsidiary books.

Question 127.
Which of the following is/are the subsidiary books
(A) Primary Books
(B) Bills Payable Book
(C) Purchases Book
(D) (B) & (C)
Answer:
(D) (B) & (C)

Question 128.
Which of the following is/are not subsidiary books
(A) Purchases Returns Book
(B) Cash Book
(C) Journal proper
(D) All of the above
Answer:
(D) All of the above

Question 129.
Purchases book is meant for recording the ……… of goods
(A) Credit purchase
(B) Cash purchase
(C) Budgeted purchases
(D) Both (A) and (B)
Answer:
(A) Credit purchase

Question 130.
Cash purchases are recorded in -………
(A) Purchases Book
(B) Cash Book
(C) Purchases Returns Book
(D) Partly in Cash Book and partly in Journal Proper
Answer:
(B) Cash Book

Question 131.
Purchases day book records -………
(A) All cash purchases
(B) All credit purchases
(C) Credit purchases of trading goods
(D) All of the above
Answer:
(C) Credit purchases of trading goods

Question 132.
The total of the purchases day book is posted periodically to the debit of -………
(A) Purchases account
(B) Cashbook
(C) Journal proper
(D) None of these
Answer:
(A) Purchases account

Question 133.
In the Stiles Book of goods are ……… recorded.
(A) Cash sale
(B) Credit sale
(C) Budgeted sales
(D) All of the above
Answer:
(B) Credit sale

Question 134.
Cash sales are recorded in -………
(A) Journal proper
(B) Sales Book
(C) Cash Book
(D) All of the above
Answer:
(C) Cash Book

Question 135.
Credit sale of various assets or investments will be recorded in -………
(A) General Journal
(B) Sales Book
(C) Cash Book
(D) Purchase book
Answer:
(A) General Journal

Question 136.
…… records the details of goods returned by the business organization to the supplier(s).
(A) Sales Returns Book
(B) Purchase returns books
(C) Journal proper
(D) All of the above
Answer:
(B) Purchase returns books

Question 137.
When the goods are returned to the ……. supplier, a is sent to him.
(A) Credit note
(B) Debit note
(C) Thank you note
(D) All of the above
Answer:
(B) Debit note

Question 138.
The total amount column of the sales return book is -………
(A) Credited to purchases returns account
(B) Debited to sales return account
(C) Credited to sales return account
(D) Debited to purchases returns account
Answer:
(B) Debited to sales return account

Question 139.
The total amount column of the purchases return book is -………
(A) Credited to purchases returns account
(B) Debited to sales return account
(C) Credited to sales return account
(D) Debited to purchases returns account
Answer:
(A) Credited to purchases returns account

Question 140.
Goods Outward Journal is meant for recording all returns of goods
(A) Purchased on credit
(B) Purchased on cash
(C) Sold on credit
(D) Sold on cash
Answer:
(A) Purchased on credit

Question 141.
The details of goods returned by the customers to the business organization are recorded in ………. book.
(A) Sales Returns Book
(B) Purchase returns books
(C) Journal proper
(D) All of the above
Answer:
(A) Sales Returns Book

Question 142.
……… is used to record the details of bills receivable by the business organization.
(A) Purchases Book
(B) Bills Payable Book
(C) Bills Receivable Book
(D) None of the above
Answer:
(C) Bills Receivable Book

Question 143.
……… is used to record the particulars of all the bills payable accepted by the business organization for the purpose of paying amounts due to its creditors.
(A) Journal proper
(B) Bills Payable Book
(C) Bills Receivable Book
(D) Sales Book
Answer:
(B) Bills Payable Book

Question 144.
The total of the amount of the bills receivable book is posted to the ……… in the ledger.
(A) Dr. of bills payable account
(B) Cr. of bills payable account
(C) Dr. of bills receivable account
(D) Dr. of bills receivable account
Answer:
(C) Dr. of bills receivable account

Question 145.
The total of the amount of the bills payable book is posted to the ……… in the ledger.
(A) Dr. of bills payable account
(B) Cr. of bills payable account
(C) Dr. of bills receivable account
(D) Dr. of bills receivable account
Answer:
(B) Cr. of bills payable account

Question 146.
When fixed assets or stationeries are purchased on credit, the entries are passed in the………
(A) General journal
(B) Purchase day book
(C) Purchase Account
(D) Any of the above
Answer:
(A) General journal

Question 147.
Which of the following books is used to record purchase of machinery by cash.
(A) Cash book
(B) Purchases book
(C) Journal proper
(D) Purchases returns book
Answer:
(A) Cash book

Question 148.
When obsolete assets are sold on credit, these are originally recorded in the -……….
(A) Sales day book
(B) Sale Account
(C) General journal
(D) Any of the above
Answer:
(C) General journal

Question 149.
……… is the book in which all transactions concerning cash receipts and cash payments are recorded.
(A) Journal proper
(B) Cash book
(C) Sales Book
(D) Purchases Book
Answer:
(B) Cash book

Question 150.
Cash Book is in the form of -………
(A) Journal
(B) An account
(C) Statement
(D) All of the above
Answer:
(B) An account

Question 151.
Balance of cash column in cash book has -………
(A) Dr. balance
(B) Cr. Balance
(C) Dr. or Cr. Balance
(D) None of the above
Answer:
(A) Dr. balance

Question 152.
Which of the following is/are features of cash book
(A) It performs the functions of both journal and ledger at the same time.
(B) Cash receipts are recorded in the credit side and cash payments are recorded in the debit side.
(C) It records two aspect of transaction ie. cash & credit.
(D) All of the above
Answer:
(A) It performs the functions of both journal and ledger at the same time.

Question 153.
Which of the following is/ are features of cash book
(A) All cash transactions are recorded chronologically in the cash book.
(B) It records only one aspect of transaction ie. cash.
(C) It performs the functions of both journal and ledger at the same time.
(D) All of the above
Answer:
(D) All of the above

Question 154.
Which of the following is type of cash book
(A) Single Column Cash Book
(B) Two Columnar Cash Book
(C) Three Columnar Cash Book
(D) All of the above
Answer:
(D) All of the above

Question 155.
Which of the following is the kind of a cash book
(A) Single column cash book
(B) Double-column cash book
(C) Three-column cash book
(D) All of the above
Answer:
(D) All of the above

Question 156.
Cash book is a type of ……… but treated as a……… of accounts.
(A) Principal book; subsidiary book
(B) Subsidiary book; principal book
(C) Principal book; principal book
(D) Subsidiary book; subsidiary book
Answer:
(B) Subsidiary book; principal book

Question 157.
Which of the following is not a column of a three-column cash book
(A) Discount column
(B) Petty cash column
(C) Bank column
(D) Cash column
Answer:
(D) Cash column

Question 158.
Rent due for the month of March will appear -………
(A) On the payment side of the cash book
(B) On the receipt side of the cash book
(C) Nowhere in the cash book
(D) As a contra entry
Answer:
(C) Nowhere in the cash book

Question 159.
The cash book records -………
(A) All cash payments
(B) All cash receipts
(C) All cash receipts and payments
(D) Cash and credit sale of goods.
Answer:
(C) All cash receipts and payments

Question 160.
Which of the column of the cash book can have credit opening or closing balance
(A) Cash column
(B) Bank column
(C) Discount column
(D) (B) & (C)
Answer:
(D) (B) & (C)

Question 161.
Which of the column of the cash book is never balanced -………
(A) Cash column
(B) Bank column
(C) Discount column
(D) None of the above
Answer:
(C) Discount column

Question 162.
Cash account is -………
(A) Personal account
(B) Real account
(C) Nominal account
(D) Valuation account
Answer:
(B) Real account

Question 163.
Total of debit side discount column of cash book is posted to -………
(A) Cr. of Discount Received A/c
(B) Dr. of Discount Received A/c
(C) Cr. of Discount Allowed A/c
(D) Dr. of Discount Allowed A/c
Answer:
(D) Dr. of Discount Allowed A/c

Question 164.
The debit balance of a cash account shows -………
(A) Amount receivable
(B) Amount payable
(C) Cash in hand
(D) Liability
Answer:
(C) Cash in hand

Question 165.
Contra entry appears in -………
(A) Purchases Returns Book
(B) Cash Book
(C) Journal proper
(D) All of the above
Answer:
(B) Cash Book

Question 166.
Contra entries are passed only when -………
(A) Simple cash book is prepared
(B) Three-column cash book is prepared
(C) Double-column cash book is prepared
(D) None of the above
Answer:
(B) Three-column cash book is prepared

Question 167.
If a transaction involves both cash and bank account, it is entered on both sides of the cash book, one in the cash column and second in the bank column, though on opposite sides. This is called -………
(A) Journal entry
(B) Adjustment entry
(C) Contra entry
(D) Combined entry
Answer:
(C) Contra entry

Question 168.
Payments in cash of small amounts like travelling expenses, postage, carriage etc. are recorded in the -………
(A) Main Cash book
(B) Petty cash book.
(C) Cash budget
(D) Journal proper
Answer:
(B) Petty cash book.

Question 169.
The balance in the petty cash book is -………
(A) a liability
(B) an asset
(C) a profit
(D) an expense
Answer:
(B) an asset

Question 170.
Which of the following is/are advantages of the imprest system
(A) It saves the time of the chief cashier
(B) It reduces the chances of misuse of cash by the petty cashier.
(C) It enables a great saving to be effected in the posting of small items to the ledger accounts.
(D) All of the above
Answer:
(D) All of the above

Question 171.
The petty cashier generally works on ………. system.
(A) Balancing
(B) Accrual
(C) Matching
(D) Imprest
Answer:
(D) Imprest

Question 172.
Petty Cash Book ma be treated as a -………
(A) Part of the double entry system
(B) Merely as a memoranda book
(C) Either (A) or (B)
(D) None of the above
Answer:
(C) Either (A) or (B)

Question 173.
Which of the following statements is/are true……………..
(i) Cash book records all cash receipts and cash payments
(ii) Cash book records all sale and purchase transactions of goods both in cash and on credit.
(iii) Cash book records discount on cash payments
Select the correct answer from the options given below –
(A) Only (i) above
(B) Only (ii) above
(C) Only (iii) above
(D) Both ( ii) and (iii) above
Answer:
(D) Both ( ii) and (iii) above

Question 174.
………… are passed at the beginning of the financial year to open the books by recording the assets, liabilities and capital appearing in the balance sheet of the previous year.
(A) Transfer Entries
(B) Adjustment Entries
(C) Closing Entries
(D) Opening Entries
Answer:
(D) Opening Entries

Question 175.
………. are used at the end of the accounting year for closing of accounts relating to expenses and revenues.
(A) Transfer Entries
(B) Adjustment Entries
(C) Closing Entries
(D) Opening Entries
Answer:
(C) Closing Entries

Question 176.
Opening, closing and adjustment entries are recorded in -……….
(A) Purchase Book
(B) Sales Book
(C) Petty Cash Book
(D) Journal Proper
Answer:
(D) Journal Proper

Question 177.
At the end of the accounting year, are to be passed for outstanding/ prepaid expenses, accrued income / income received in advance etc.
(A) Transfer Entries
(B) Adjustment Entries
(C) Closing Entries
(D) Opening Entries
Answer:
(B) Adjustment Entries

Question 178.
………… are passed in the general journal for transferring an item entered in one account to another account.
(A) Transfer Entries
(B) Adjustment Entries
(C) Closing Entries
(D) Opening Entries
Answer:
(A) Transfer Entries

Question 179.
……… are passed for rectifying errors which might have committed in the books of account.
(A) Transfer Entries
(B) Adjustment Entries
(C) Rectification Entries
(D) Opening Entries
Answer:
(C) Rectification Entries

Question 180.
A ……… is a schedule or list of balances of both debit and credit extracted from various accounts.
(A) Profit & Loss Account
(B) Balance Sheet
(C) Cash Flow Statement
(D) Trial balance
Answer:
(D) Trial balance

Question 181.
It is a check on the accuracy of posting. If the trial balance agrees it proves that -………
1. Books are arithmetically accurate.
2. Both the aspects of the transactions have been correctly recorded in the books of original entry as well as in the ledger.
The correct answer is –
(A) 1 but not 2
(B) 2 but not 1
(C) Both 1 & 2
(D) Either 1 or 2
Answer:
(C) Both 1 & 2

Question 182.
At the end of the accounting period or at the end of each month, the balances of the ledger accounts are extracted and ……… is prepared to test as to whether the total debits are equal to total credits.
(A) Profit & Loss Account
(B) Balance Sheet
(C) Cash Flow Statement
(D) Trial balance
Answer:
(D) Trial balance

Question 183.
Which of the following is/are method for preparation of trail balance
(A) Balances Method
(B) Totals Method
(C) Both (A) & (B)
(D) None of the above
Answer:
(C) Both (A) & (B)

Question 184.
If the trial balance do not agree after transferring the balance of all ledger accounts including cash and bank balance and also errors are not located timely, then the trial balance is tallied by transferring the difference of debit and credit side to an account known as -………
(A) Memorandum Account
(B) Capital Account
(C) Suspense Account
(D) Drawing Account
Answer:
(B) Capital Account

Question 185.
The balances of till assets accounts, expenses accounts, losses, drawings are placed in the ……… of the trial balance.
(A) Credit column
(B) Debit column
(C) Ledger folio
(D) None of the above
Answer:
(B) Debit column

Question 186.
The balances of all liabilities accounts, income accounts, profits, capital are placed in the………of the trial balance.
(A) Credit column
(B) Debit column
(C) Ledger folio
(D) None of the above
Answer:
(A) Credit column

Question 187.
A trial balance will not balance if -………
(A) Correct journal entry is posted twice.
(B) The purchase on credit basis is debit-ed to purchases and credited to cash.
(C) ₹ 500 cash payment to creditors is debited to creditors for ₹ 50 and credited to cash as ₹ 500.
(D) None of the above.
Answer:
(C) ₹ 500 cash payment to creditors is debited to creditors for ₹ 50 and credited to cash as ₹ 500.

Question 188.
All expense and ……… accounts appearing in the trial balance are transferred to the trading and profit and loss account.
(A) Loss
(B) Asset
(C) Liability
(D) Revenue
Answer:
(D) Revenue

Question 189.
After the preparation of ledgers, the next step is the preparation of -………
(A) Trading accounts
(B) Trial balance
(C) Profit and loss account
(D) None of the above
Answer:
(B) Trial balance

Question 190.
Difference of totals of both debit and credit side of the trial balance is transferred to -………
(A) Miscellaneous account
(B) Difference account
(C) Trading account
(D) Suspense account
Answer:
(D) Suspense account

Question 191.
Bank overdraft is shown on the side of tried balance ……………….
(A) Credit
(B) Debit
(C) None
(D) Both
Answer:
(A) Credit

Question 192.
After preparing the trial balance the accountant finds that the total of debit side is short by ₹ 1,500. This difference will be -………
(A) Credited to suspense account
(B) Debited to suspense account
(C) Adjusted to any of the debit balance account
(D) Adjusted to any of the credit balance account
Answer:
(B) Debited to suspense account

Question 193.
Purchase of furniture on cash for ₹ 1,50,000 will be recorded in -………
(A) Sales Book
(B) Purchase Book
(C) General Journal
(D) Cash Book
Answer:
(D) Cash Book

Question 194.
Purchased goods for ₹ 90,000 from Mr. N on credit will be recorded in -………
(A) Sales Book
(B) Purchase Book
(C) Journal Proper (General Journal)
(D) Cash Book
(B) Purchase Book

Question 195.
₹ 3,50,000 cash paid to creditors for settlement of credit purchases will be recorded in – ………
(A) Sales Book
(B) Purchase Book
(C) Journal Proper (General Journal)
(D) Cash Book
Answer:
(D) Cash Book

Question 196.
Sold furniture on cash for ₹ 1,50,000 will be recorded in -………
(A) Sales Book
(B) Purchase Book
(C) Journal Proper (General Journal)
(D) Cash Book
Answer:
(D) Cash Book

Question 197.
Sold goods for ₹ 90,000 to Mr. Z on credit will be recorded in -………
(A) Sales Book
(B) Purchase Book
(C) Journal Proper (General Journal)
(D) Cash Book
Answer:
(A) Sales Book

Question 198.
Received cash of ₹ 2,00,000 from debtors for settlement of credit sales will be recorded in – ………
(A) Sales Book
(B) Purchase Book
(C) Journal Proper (General Journal)
(D) Cash Book
Answer:
(D) Cash Book

Question 199.
Mr. N returns the goods of ₹ 50,000 purchased on credit to Mr. Z. This transaction will recorded by Mr. N in ……… and by Mr. Z in ………
(A) Sales Return Book, Purchases Return Book
(B) Purchases Return Book Sales Return Book
(C) Sales Return Book, Sales book
(D) Purchases Return Book, Purchase Book
Answer:
(B) Purchases Return Book Sales Return Book

Question 200.
If Mr. Z draws the bill of exchange for ₹ 75,000 on Mr. N. This transaction will be recorded by Mr. Z in ……… and by Mr. N in ………
(A) Bills Receivable Book, Bills Payable Book
(B) Bills Payable Book, Bills Receivable Book
(C) Bills receivable book, Purchases Book
(D) Bills Payable Book, Sales Book
Answer:
(A) Bills Receivable Book, Bills Payable Book

Question 201.
An allowance of ₹ 50 was offered for an early payment of cash of ₹ 1,050. It will be recorded in -………
(A) Sales Book
(B) Purchase Book
(C) Journal Proper (General Journal)
(D) Cash Book
Answer:
(D) Cash Book

Question 202.
A second hand motor car was purchased on credit from B & Co. for ₹ 10,000. It will be recorded in -………
(A) Journal Proper (General Journal)
(B) Cash Book
(C) Purchase Book
(D) Sales Book
Answer:
(A) Journal Proper (General Journal)

Question 203.
Goods were sold on credit basis to Mr. Ram for ₹ 10,000. It will be recorded in -………
(A) Journal Proper (General Journal)
(B) Cash Book
(C) Purchase Book
(D) Sales Book
Answer:
(D) Sales Book

Question 204.
Accounting for recovery from Mr. C of an amount of ₹ 2,000 earlier written off as bad debt will be recorded in -………
(A) Sales book
(B) Purchase book
(C) Journal Proper (General Journal)
(D) Cash book
Answer:
(D) Cash book

Question 205.
Credit purchase of stationery worth ₹ 5,000 by a stationery dealer will be recorded in -………
(A) Journal Proper (General Journal)
(B) Cash book
(C) Purchase book
(D) Sales book
Answer:
(C) Purchase book

Question 206.
A bills receivable of ₹ 10,000, which was received from a debtor in full settlement for a claim of ₹ 11,000 dishonoured will be recorded in -………
(A) Bills receivable book
(B) Journal proper (General Journal)
(C) Purchases return Book
(D) Purchase book
Answer:
(A) Bills receivable book

Question 207.
Outstanding salary ₹ 34,000 to be provided in the accounts will be recorded in -………
(A) Bills receivable book
(B) Journal proper (General Journal)
(C) Purchases Return Book
(D) Purchase book
Answer:
(B) Journal proper (General Journal)

Question 208.
A debit note for ₹ 20,000 issued to Mr. Z for goods returned by us is to be accounted for in -………
(A) Bills receivable book
(B) General journal
(C) Purchases return book
(D) Purchase book
Answer:
(C) Purchases return book

Question 209.
Investment was sold in cash for ₹ 1,00,000 at par will be recorded in -………
(A) Cash book
(B) General journal
(C) Purchases return book
(D) Purchase book
Answer:
(A) Cash book

Question 210.
Investment was sold on credit for ₹ 1,00,000 at par will be recorded in -………
(A) Cash book
(B) General journal
(C) Purchases return book
(D) Purchase book
Answer:
(B) General journal

Question 211.
Salary paid in cash – ₹ 50,000 will be recorded in -………….
(A) General journal
(B) Cashbook
(C) Purchases return book
(D) Purchase book
Answer:
(B) Cashbook

Question 212.
NSZ Ltd. makes payments to its sundry creditors through cheques and the cash discount received on these payments is recorded in the triple-columnar cash book. In the event of dishonour of any such cheques, the discount so received should be written back through -………
(i) A debit to discount column of the cash book.
(ii) A credit to discount column of the cash book.
(iii) A credit to bank column of the cash book.
(iv) A debit to discount account through journal proper.
(v) A credit to creditor’s account through journal proper.
Select the correct answer from the options given below –
(A) Only (i) above
(B) Only (ii) above
(C) Both (i) & (iii) above
(D) Both (iv) & (v) above
Answer:
(D) Both (iv) & (v) above

Question 213.
Which of the following statements is correct
(A) The trial balance is prepared after preparing the profit and loss account.
(B) The trial balance shows only balances of assets and liabilities
(C) The trial balance shows only nominal account balances.
(D) The trial balance has no statutory importance from the point of view of law.
Answer:
(D) The trial balance has no statutory importance from the point of view of law.

Question 214.
………… is that expenditure which results in acquisition of an asset or which results in an increase in the earning capacity of a business.
(A) Capital expenditure
(B) Revenue expenditure
(C) Deferred revenue expenditure
(D) None of the above
Answer:
(A) Capital expenditure

Question 215.
Expenses whose benefit expires within the year of expenditure and which are incurred to maintain the earning capacity of existing assets are termed as -………
(A) Capital expenditure
(B) Revenue expenditure
(C) Deferred revenue expenditure
(D) None of the above
Answer:
(B) Revenue expenditure

Question 216.
There are certain expenses which may be in the nature of revenue but their benefit may not be consumed in the year in which such expenditure has been incurred; rather the benefit may extend over a number of years are termed as –
(A) Capital expenditure
(B) Revenue expenditure
(C) Deferred revenue expenditure
(D) None of the above
Answer:
(C) Deferred revenue expenditure

Question 217.
Which of the following is / are example of capital expenditure
(A) Purchases of land & buildings by the property dealer
(B) Purchases of machinery by machinery dealer
(C) Expenses incurred for getting patents
(D) All of the above
Answer:
(C) Expenses incurred for getting patents

Question 218.
Which of the following is/are example of capital expenditure
(A) Fees paid to lawyer for drawing a purchase deed of land
(B) Overhauling expenses of second hand machinery
(C) Cartage paid for bringing machinery to the factory from supplier’s premises
(D) All of the above
Answer:
(D) All of the above

Question 219.
Amounts paid for wages, salary, carriage of goods, repairs, rent and interest, etc., Eire items of -………..
(A) Capital expenditure
(B) Revenue expenditure
(C) Deferred revenue expenditure
(D) None of the above
Answer:
(B) Revenue expenditure

Question 220.
Costs incurred to acquire an asset are ………….. but costs incurred to keep them in working condition or to defend their ownership are …………..
(A) Capital expenditure, Revenue expenditure
(B) Revenue expenditure, Revenue expenditure
(C) Deferred revenue expenditure. Revenue expenditure
(D) Revenue expenditure, Capital expenditure
Answer:
(A) Capital expenditure, Revenue expenditure

Question 221.
Which of the following is/are not example of capital expenditure
(A) Money spent to reduce working expenses like conversion of hand-driven machinery to power-driven machinery
(B) Money paid for goodwill (like the right to use the established name of an outgoing firm)
(C) Expenditure which does not result in an increase in capacity or in reduction of day-to-day expenses
(D) All of the above
Answer:
(C) Expenditure which does not result in an increase in capacity or in reduction of day-to-day expenses

Question 222.
Depreciation on fixed assets is -………….
(A) Capital expenditure
(B) Revenue expenditure
(C) Deferred revenue expenditure
(D) None of the above
Answer:
(B) Revenue expenditure

Question 223.
All sums spent up to the point an asset is ready for use should also be treated as -……..
(A) Capital expenditure
(B) Revenue expenditure
(C) Deferred revenue expenditure
(D) None of the above
Answer:
(A) Capital expenditure

Question 224.
Amounts paid for wages, salary, carriage of goods, repairs, rent and interest, etc., are items of -………
(A) Capital expenditure
(B) Revenue expenditure
(C) Deferred revenue expenditure
(D) None of the above
Answer:
(B) Revenue expenditure

Question 225.
Fee paid to a lawyer for checking whether all the papers are in order before land is purchased is But if later a suit is Bled against the purchaser, the legal costs will be …………….
(A) Capital expenditure, Revenue expenditure
(B) Revenue expenditure, Revenue expenditure
(C) Deferred revenue expenditure, Revenue expenditure
(D) Revenue expenditure. Capital expenditure
Answer:
(A) Capital expenditure, Revenue expenditure

Corporate and Management Accounting CS Executive MCQ Questions with Answers

CS Executive Corporate and Management Accounting MCQ Questions with Answers PDF New Syllabus

Corporate & Management Accounting CS Executive MCQ Book Pdf

  1. Introduction to Financial Accounting MCQs
  2. Introduction to Corporate Accounting MCQs
  3. Accounting for Issue of Shares MCQs
  4. Issue of Right & Bonus Shares MCQs
  5. Redemption of Preference Shares MCQs
  6. Buy Back of Shares MCQs
  7. Issue & Redemption of Debentures MCQs
  8. Underwriting of Shares & Debentures MCQs
  9. Accounting for Share Based Payments (ESOS & ESOP) MCQs
  10. Financial Statements Interpretation MCQs
  11. Consolidation of Accounts MCQs
  12. Corporate Financial Reporting MCQs
  13. Cash Flow Statement MCQs
  14. Overview of Accounting Standards MCQs
  15. National & International Accounting Authorities MCQs
  16. Adoption, Convergence & Interpretation of IFRS & Accounting Standards in India MCQs
  17. Overview of Cost MCQs
  18. Cost Accounting Records & Cost Audit under the Companies Act, 2013 MCQs
  19. Budgetary Control MCQs
  20. Ratio Analysis MCQs
  21. Fund Flow Statement MCQs
  22. Management Reporting MCQs
  23. Marginal Costing MCQs
  24. Activity Based Costing (ABC) MCQs
  25. Valuation of Goodwill & Shares MCQs
  26. Valuation, Principles & Framework MCQs
  27. Methods of Valuation MCQs

Overview of Customs Act – CS Executive Tax Laws MCQ

Going through the Overview of Customs Act  – CS Executive Tax Laws MCQ Questions with Answers you can quickly revise the concepts.

Overview of Customs Act – Tax Laws CS Executive MCQs

Question 1.
The Customs Act, 1962 has consolidated the law on subject of import and export duties, which were earlier contained in enactment:
(a) Sea customs Act, 1878
(b) In-land Bounded Warehousing Act, 1896
(c) Land Custom Act, 1924
(d) All of the above
Answer:
(d) All of the above

Question 2.
Find from the following list which are treated as Port under the provisions of the Customs Act, 1962:
(a) Land Station
(b) Land Customs Stations (LCS)
(c) Container Freight Stations (CFS) not attached to Port
(d) None of the above
Answer:
(b) Land Customs Stations (LCS)

Question 3.
Central board of Indirect taxes and customs (CBIC) has been constituted under which of the following Act:
(a) Central Board of Revenue Act, 1963
(b) Constitution of India
(c) Companies Act
(d) None of the above
Answer:
(a) Central Board of Revenue Act, 1963

Question 4.
There are certain executive duties performed by the officers of customs like boarding and checking ships and aircrafts, clearing passengers and crew and their baggage, supervision and control over loading and unloading of cargo, etc. The officers performing these functions are called as:
(a) Appraisers officers
(b) Preventive officers
(c) Ministerial officers
(d) Executive officers
Answer:
(b) Preventive officers

Question 5.
Which one of the following is included in the category of major ports of India
(a) Mumbai (Maharashtra)
(b) Kandla (Gujarat)
(c) Mormugao
(d) All of the above
Answer:
(d) All of the above

Question 5A.
The lower watermark along the coast is called as………..
(a) Coastline
(b) Baseline
(c) Economic line
(d) None of these
Answer:
(b) Baseline

Question 5B.
Indian customs waters extend ………
(a) up to 12 nautical miles
(b) up to 24 nautical miles
(c) up to exclusive economic zone of India
(d) None of these
Answer:
(c) up to exclusive economic zone of India

Question 6.
Which one of the following has been de¬clared as a major port w.e.f. June 01,2010.
(a) Port Blair
(b) Kandla
(c) Mumbai
(d) Mormugao (Goa)
Answer:
(a) Port Blair

Question 7.
Who appoints officers of the customs as per section 4( 1) of the Customs Act, 1962?
(a) CBIC
(b) CBEC
(c) Central Government
(d) CBDT
Answer:
(a) CBIC

Question 8.
If board authorizes, then the custom officers below the rank of Assistant Commissioner of customs may be appointed by:
(a) Principal Chief Commissioner of Customs
(b) Chief Commissioner of Custom
(c) Joint Commissioner of Customs
(d) Any of the above.
Answer:
(d) Any of the above.

Question 9.
Indian Customs Waters cover
(a) Indian Territorial Waters
(b) Exclusive Economic Zone
(c) Both (a) & (b)
(d) None of the above
Answer:
(c) Both (a) & (b)

Question 10.
The sequential stage of imposition of taxes and duties are:
(a) Levy, Assessment and Collection
(b) Assessment, levy and Collection
(c) Collection, Assessment and Levy
(d) Levy, Collection and Assessment
Answer:
(a) Levy, Assessment and Collection

Question 11.
Which one of the following is the final stage of imposition of taxes and duties
(a) Levy
(b) Assessment
(c) Collection
(d) Any of the above
Answer:
(c) Collection

Question 12.
The procedure of quantifying the amount of liability is called as
(a) Levy
(b) Assessment
(c) Collection
(d) None of the above
Answer:
(d) None of the above

Question 13.
The customs duty is considered to be levied on
(a) Goods imported
(b) Person importing the goods
(c) Person paying the duty
(d) All of the above
Answer:
(a) Goods imported

Question 14.
Which of the following imports is/are exempt from custom duty ?
(a) By Indian Navy
(b) By Ministry of Defence
(c) By Coastal Guard
(d) By all of the above
Answer:
(d) By all of the above

Question 15.
In the absence of any notification, Government goods shall be with non-Government goods for the purposes of levy of customs duty:
(a) Treated at par
(b) Exempted as compared
(c) Given abatement in customs duty as compared
(d) None of the above
Answer:
(a) Treated at par

Question 16.
………. refers to any cargo, vessel, etc. abandoned in the sea with no hope of recovery
(a) Jetsam
(b) Derelict
(c) Flotsam
(d) Wreck
Answer:
(d) Wreck

Question 17.
…………… refers to goods jettisoned from the vessel to save her from sinking.
(a) Jetsam
(b) Derelict
(c) Flotsam
(d) None of the above.
Answer:
(a) Jetsam

Question 18.
When goods are cleared from DTA to Special Economic Zone, they are:
(a) Chargeable to export duty under the SEZ Act, 2005.
(b) Chargeable to export duty under Customs Act, 1962.
(c) Chargeable to import duty under either of SEZ Act and Customs Act.
(d) Not chargeable to export duty.
Answer:
(d) Not chargeable to export duty.

Question 19.
The Government has issued notification on 2nd November and it was published in Official Gazette on 4th November. With reference to section 25 of the Customs Act, 1962, this notification will be effective from:
(a) 2nd November
(b) 4th November
(c) Earlier of date of notification or publication.
(d) 2 days after the date of publication.
Answer:
(a) 2nd November

Question 20.
With reference to judicial decision in the case “M J Exports v. CCE”, PUBLIC INTEREST means an act:
(a) Beneficial to a particular Industry.
(b) Beneficial to General Public.
(c) Beneficial to Revenue Department.
(d) Beneficial to Specific public.
Answer:
(b) Beneficial to General Public.

Question 21.
The power of the Central Government to alter the duty rate structure is known as ……………….
(a) Delegated Legislation.
(b) Interpreted Legislation.
(c) Over riding Legislation.
(d) Modify Legislation.
Answer:
(a) Delegated Legislation.

Question 22.
The delegated legislation power of the Central Government is always:
(a) Subject to superintendence.
(b) Check by Parliament.
(c) Both (a) and (b)
(d) Both (a) and (b) and approval of general public.
Answer:
(c) Both (a) and (b)

Question 23.
The exemption may be granted by the Central Government as a discretionary provision for:
(a) Controlling the economy.
(b) Industrial growth of the economy.
(c) Both (a) and (b).
(d) Any purpose.
Answer:
(c) Both (a) and (b).

Question 24.
Consider the following:

Value of Goods ₹ 10,000
Value of goods after damage ₹ 2,000
Duty payable of original value ₹ 3,098

What will be the amount of duty chargeable after abatement?
(a) 20% of ₹ 3,098
(b) 80% of ₹ 3,098
(c) ₹ 3,098
(d) 2000
Answer:
(a) 20% of ₹ 3,098

Question 25.
With reference to section 13, Pilferage of goods means:
(a) Theft in small quantity.
(b) Theft in large quantity.
(c) Theft in any quantity.
(d) Theft, when expressed in quantity and not in value.
Answer:
(a) Theft in small quantity.

Question 26.
When the goods are deposited in the warehouse, the collection of duty of customs will be:
(a) Collected immediately.
(b) Deferred till such goods are deposited in warehouse.
(c) Deferred till such goods are cleared Home Consumption.
(d) Deferred forever.
Answer:
(c) Deferred till such goods are cleared Home Consumption.

Question 27.
When the goods are deposited in the warehouse, the importer is required to execute a bond binding himself in a sun equal to the amount of duty assessed at the time of import.
(a) 50%
(b) 60%
(c) 90%
(d) 200%
Answer:
(d) 200%

Question 28.
The Basic Customs Duty is levied under the provisions types of Date:
(a) Section 12 of the Customs Act, 1962
(b) Section 2 of the Custom Tariff Act, 1975
(c) Both (a) and (b)
(d) None of the above
Answer:
(c) Both (a) and (b)

Question 29.
Which of the following is not a condition to be fulfilled by the importer to make the imported goods eligible for preferential rate of Duty
(a) Specific claim to be made at the time of importation.
(b) The area should be notified under section 4(3) of the Custom Tariff Act to be a “preferential area”.
(c) The goods are manufactured or produced in preferential area.
(d) The goods are chargeable at standard rate in the exporting country
Answer:
(d) The goods are chargeable at standard rate in the exporting country

Question 30.
The Integrated Tax under section 3(7) of the Custom Tariff Act is levied
(a) In addition to any other Duty
(b) When BCD is not applicable
(c) When Safeguard Duty is applicable
(d) When any article is exported out of India.
Answer:
(a) In addition to any other Duty

Question 31.
GST Compensation Cess is a “Compensation Cess” levied under section 8 of the GST (Compensation to state) Act, 2017. It is levied on:
(a) Intra-state supply of goods or services
(b) Inter-State supply of goods or service
(c) Both (a) and (b)
(d) Intra/inter-state supply of those articles which have been notified by Central Government.
Answer:
(d) Intra/inter-state supply of those articles which have been notified by Central Government.

Question 31A.
The collection of customs duty will be deferred, when the goods are
(a) Clearance for home consumption
(b) Deposited in the warehouse
(c) Both (a) and (b)
(d) None of these
Answer:
(b) Deposited in the warehouse

Question 31B.
Anti-Dumping duty is calculated as
(a) Higher of margin of dumping or injury margin;
(b) Lower of margin of d umping or injury margin;
(c) Higher of export price or normal value;
(d) Lower of export price or normal value.
Answer:
(b) Lower of margin of d umping or injury margin;

Question 32.
The goods/ services at which GST Compensation Cess is applicable, are notified by:
(a) Central Government
(b) CBIC
(c) GST Council
(d) State Government.
Answer:
(a) Central Government

Question 33.
Which of the following Tax/Cess would not be included while computing the assess¬able value for computation of Integrated Tax and GST Compensation Cess
(a) Tax under section 3(7) of Custom Tariff Act
(b) Tax under section 3(9) of the Custom Tariff Act.
(c) Both (a) and (b)
(d) Basic Custom Duty
Answer:
(c) Both (a) and (b)

Question 34.
The Customs Duties are
(a) Revenue Duties
(b) Protective Duties
(c) Both (a) and (b)
(d) National Duties
Answer:
(c) Both (a) and (b)

Question 35.
Section 110 of Finance Act, 2018 w.e.f. 2nd February 2018 have levied ………. on imported goods which is a duty of customs levied for the purpose of the union on the goods specified in the first schedule with the Customs Performing Act, 1975 being goods imported into India.
(a) Anti-Dumping Duty
(b) Paid Command Duty
(c) IGST and GST Compensation Cess
(d) Social Welfare Surcharge
Answer:
(d) Social Welfare Surcharge

Question 35A.
In which of the following cases, can an importer claim abatement of duty under section 22 of Customs Act.
(a) Goods pilfered during unloading
(b) Goods damaged by accident (due to negligence of the importer) after unloading but before examination for assessment by customs authorities
(c) Goods destroyed by accident while in warehouse
(d) Goods damaged by accident (not due to negligence of the importer) after unloading but before examination for assessment by customs authorities.
Answer:
(a) Goods pilfered during unloading

Question 36.
In summer season the, production of milk has become low exceptionally. The requirements of the people are not fulfilled. The Government desires to discourage stop the export of milk power. Who is empowered to impose or enhance export Duties in this regard₹
(a) Central Govt, under section 8 of Custom Tariff Act, 1975
(b) Central Govt, under section 8 of Customs Act, 1962
(c) Central Govt, under section 8A of Custom Tariff Act, 1975
(d) The chairman of CBIC.
Answer:
(a) Central Govt, under section 8 of Custom Tariff Act, 1975

Question 37.
Which of the following statements is are correct about emergency power of Central Government under section 8A of the Custom Tariff Act, 1975
(i) The goods should be specified in the first Schedule
(ii) The goods may or may not be specified in first Schedule.
(iii) Central Govt, is satisfied that circumstance exist, which render it necessary for the enhancement of import Duties.
(iv) Recommendation of DGFT is made:
(a) i, iii and iv
(b) ii, iii and iv
(c) i and iii
(d) ii and iv
Answer:
(c) i and iii

Question 38.
Which of the following statement is not correct for Protective Duties
(a) The Protective Duties are levied by the Centred Government.
(b) The recommendation of Tariff Commission is required for such levy of protective Duties
(c) In case of any increase in Duty, the Central Government is required to place such notification in the parliament for approval.
(d) Such approval is also required for decrease in Duty.
Answer:
(d) Such approval is also required for decrease in Duty.

Question 39.
The difference between emergency power under sections 8 and 8A of Custom Tariff Act is/are:
(a) Section 8 is related with export Duties whereas section 8A is related with import Duties.
(b) Section 8 does not require the item to be specified in the Second Schedule whereas goods should be specified in First Schedule for section 8A.
(c) Both (a) and (b)
(d) None of the above
Answer:
(c) Both (a) and (b)

Question 40.
Which of the following is NOT TRUE about Anti-Dumping Duty
(a) This Duty is country specific.
(b) Under GATT provisions, Anti-Dumping Duties can be higher than Margin of Dumping.
(c) The Anti-Dumping Duty is in ad-dition to any other Duty imposed under Custom Tariff Act, 1975.
(d) It is imposed tariff by Central Government by notification in the official Gazette.
Answer:
(b) Under GATT provisions, Anti-Dumping Duties can be higher than Margin of Dumping.

Question 41.
The comparable price, in ordinary course of trade, for the like article, when destined for consumption in the exporting country or territory is called as.
(a) Normal Value
(b) Common Value
(c) Export Price
(d) Import Price
Answer:
(a) Normal Value

Question 42.
The Anti-Dumping Duty u/s 9A of the Custom Tariff Act is:
(a) Lower of Margin of Dumping and Injury Margin
(b) Higher of Margin of Dumping and Injury Margin
(c) Aggregate of Margin of Dumping and Injury Margin
(d) Margin of Dumping minus Injury Margin.
Answer:
(a) Lower of Margin of Dumping and Injury Margin

Question 43.
“Zubiro Ltd.” is a 100% EOU engaged in manufacturing of product X. Zubiro Ltd. imported goods from a country which is covered by a notification issued under section 9A of the Tariff Act, 1975. This imported article has been used by the company in the manufacture of product X. The 20% of this product was cleared into the DTA and balance was duly exported. The Anti-Dumping Duty on total imported goods is ₹ 2, 50,000. What is the amount of ADD payable by Zubiro Limited (100% EOU):?
(a) Nil, since it is the case of 100% EOU
(b) ₹ 2,50,000
(c) 20% of ₹ 2,50,000
(d) 80% of ₹ 2,50,000
Answer:
(c) 20% of ₹ 2,50,000

Question 44.
With effect from 2-2-2018, all goods imported into India have been exempted from EC and SHEC. In place of this, which has/have been introduced:
(a) Social Welfare Surcharge
(b) Road and Infra Structure Cess
(c) Both (a) and (b)
(d) None of the above
Answer:
(a) Social Welfare Surcharge

Question 45.
The Social Welfare Surcharge leviable on Integrated Tax is:
(a) Exempted
(b) Applicable
(c) Party exempted
(d) Not applicable
Answer:
(a) Exempted

Question 46.
The Social Welfare Surcharge has been levied for providing and financing:
(a) Education
(b) Education and Health
(c) Education, Health and Social Security
(d) Social Security only
Answer:
(c) Education, Health and Social Security

Question 47.
Which one of the following is not correct about Safeguard Duty levied under section 8B of Custom tariff Act, 1975
(a) The total period of levy of Safeguard Duty is restricted to 10 years.
(b) The provisional Safeguard Duty cannot remain in force for more than 200 days.
(c) It cannot be imposed if the import of such article from developing country does not exceed 3% of the total imports of that article into India.
(d) Where the articles is originating from more than one developing Country (each with less than 3%) and aggregate does not exceed 10% total import, then this duty cannot be imposed.
Answer:
(d) Where the articles is originating from more than one developing Country (each with less than 3%) and aggregate does not exceed 10% total import, then this duty cannot be imposed.

Question 48.
The Assessable Value of imported goods is ₹ 8,00,000. The Basic Custom Duty is 10% with IGST u/s 3(7) at 12% and Social Welfare Surcharge at 10% Calculate the total Customs Duty.
(a) ₹ 9,85,600
(b) ₹ 9,94,560
(c) ₹ 1,94,560
(d) None of the above
Answer:
(c) ₹ 1,94,560
Overview of Customs Act MCQs - CS Executive Tax Laws MCQ 1

Question 49.
The following information is available:

Assessable value ₹ 24,00,000
BCD 10%
IGST u/s 3(7) 12%
GST compensation. Cess u/s 3(9) 15%
Social Welfare Surcharge 10%

The amount of Social Welfare Surcharge and Landed Value are:

(a) ₹ 24,000 and ₹ 33,83,280
(b) ₹ 2,40,000 and ₹ 33,83,280
(c) ₹ 24,000 and ₹ 26,64,000
(d) None of the above
Answer:
(a) ₹ 24,000 and ₹ 33,83,280
Overview of Customs Act MCQs - CS Executive Tax Laws MCQ 2

Question 50.
The import of Sodium Nitrite from a developing country from 26th February, 2018 to 25th February, 2019 is 4%. The assessable value of product imported is ₹ 40, 00,000. The Safeguard Duty (@ 30%) as per section 8B of Custom Tariff Act shall be:
(a) Nil, as it is not leviable in this case.
(b) ₹ 12,00,000
(c) ₹ 12,00,000 + 10% Social Welfare Surcharge
(d) ₹ 1,60,000 (Being 4% of ₹ 40,00,000)
Answer:
(b) ₹ 12,00,000

Question 51.
The value determined under section 3(8) is ₹ 28,44,930. What is the Assessable Value if BCD and Social Welfare Surcharge are 10% each?
(a) ₹25, 63,000
(b) 125, 86,300
(c) ₹ 23,70,775
(d) None of the above
Answer:
(a) ₹25, 63,000
Assessable Value = ₹ 28,44,930 × \(\frac{100}{111}\) = ₹25,63,000

Question 52.
The landed cost of goods (4,000 kgs) imported by X limited is ₹ 3,28,000. The Anti-Dumping Duty will be equal to difference between amount calculated @ ₹ 90 per kg. and landed value of goods. The amount of Anti-Dumping Duty is:
(a) ₹ 32,000
(b) ₹ 3,60,000
(c) ₹ 3,28,000
(d) ₹ 40,000
Answer:
(a) ₹ 32,000
ADD = (4000 × 90) – ₹ 3,28,000 = ₹32,000

Question 53.
In accordance with section 111 of Finance Act, 2018, Road and Infrastructure Cess is levied as Duty of Customs @ on motor spirit and High Speed Diesel.
(a) ₹ 20 per litre
(b) ₹ 8 per litre
(c) ₹ 25 per litre
(d) Nil rate
Answer:
(b) ₹ 8 per litre

Question 54.
The Safeguard Duty is calculated at ₹ 7,20,000. If Social Welfare Surcharge is 10% and assessable value is ₹ 24,00,000, The Value of Social Welfare Surcharge on Safeguard Duty will be:
(a) Nil
(b) ₹ 72,000
(c) ₹ 2,40,000
(d) 10% of aggregate of Assessable Value & Safeguard Duty.
Answer:
(a) Nil

Question 55.
The Social Welfare Surcharge is
(a) 10% on IGST
(b) 10% on GST Compensation Cess
(c) 10% on aggregate of IGST & Compensation Cess
(d) Presently Exempt on IGST & Compensation Cess
Answer:
(d) Presently Exempt on IGST & Compensation Cess

Question 56.
………. consists of determining the heading or sub-heading of the Customs Tariff under which the said goods are covered.
(a) Entry
(b) Classification
(c) Schedule
(d) Tariff schedule
Answer:
(b) Classification

Question 57.
The classification of goods is required in Customs due to:
(a) Determination of rate of duty
(b) Determination of eligibility of exemption
(c) Both (a) & (b)
(d) None of the above.
Answer:
(c) Both (a) & (b)

Question 58.
The relevant time for classification is:
(a) The time of importation
(b) The time of exportation
(c) Both (a) or (b)
(d) None of the above
Answer:
(c) Both (a) or (b)

Question 59.
The First Schedule in the Customs Tariff Act, 1975 comprises of:
(a) 89 Chapters grouped under 21 sections
(b) 98 Chapters grouped under 21 sections
(c) 90 Chapters grouped under 12 sections
(d) None of the above
Answer:
(b) 98 Chapters grouped under 21 sections

Question 60.
In order to give clear direction as to how the nomenclature in the schedule is to be interpreted and to give statutory force, which one of the following is the integral part of Schedule I of Customs Tariff Act?
(a) Rule of interpretation
(b) General explanatory Notes
(c) Summary of provisions
(d) Both (a) & (b)
Answer:
(d) Both (a) & (b)

Question 61.
The Indian Customs Tariff is based upon the Harmonized System of Nomenclature. This system has been developed and maintained by:
(a) World Customs Council
(b) World Customs Organization
(c) CBIC
(d) None of the above
Answer:
(b) World Customs Organization

Question 62.
As regards the First Schedule of the Customs Tariff, are mentioned at the beginning of each chapter and are the part of the statute. It has the legal authority in determining the classification of goods.
(a) Chapter Notes
(b) Section Notes
(c) Chapter Summary
(d) Section Summary
Answer:
(a) Chapter Notes

Question 63.
How many General explanatory Notes have been included in the First Schedule of Customs Tariff Act, 1975?
(a) Two
(b) Three
(c) Four
(d) Five
Answer:
(b) Three

Question 64.
With reference to General Explanatory Notes of the Customs Tariff Act, 1975, ……… denotes that the said article or group of articles shall be taken to be sub-classification of the articles or group of article covered by the said heading:
(a) Single dash
(b) One dash
(c) Two dash
(d) Three dash
Answer:
(b) One dash

Question 65.
The entry 0801 in tariff item is related with coconuts, Brazil nuts and cashew nuts. Under the column description of goods, “Coconuts reflects:
(a) Sub-classification of coconuts
(b) Classification of heading of tariff item
(c) Both (a) and (b)
(d) Any of (a) and (b)
Answer:
(b) Classification of heading of tariff item

Question 66.
Which one of the following is/are included in the General Explanatory Notes given in First Schedule:
(a) Relevance of one dash & two dash
(b) Meaning of abbreviation “%” in relation to the rate of duty
(c) Standard rate of duty applicable, if no preferential rate specified
(d) All of the above
Answer:
(d) All of the above

Question 67.
Under Customs, the standard unit of quantity has been prescribed in
(a) Column 3 of First Schedule to Customs Tariff Act
( b) Column 3 of First Schedule to Custom Act.
(c) Column 4 of First Schedule to Customs Tariff Act.
(d) Column 4 of First Schedule to Customs Act.
Answer:
(a) Column 3 of First Schedule to Customs Tariff Act

Question 68.
The unit of measure prescribed in column 3 of the First Schedule to the Customs Tariff is indicated by ……….
(a) Words
(b) Symbols
(c) Abbreviations
(d) All of the above
Answer:
(c) Abbreviations

Question 69.
How many rules of interpretation are given in the First Schedule to the Customs Tariff Act?
(a) Two
(b) Four
(c) Six
(d) Nine
Answer:
(c) Six

Question 70.
Railway coaches removed without seats would still be classified as railway coaches. This classification is as per …………..
of rules of interpretation of the First Schedule to the Customs Tariff Act.
(a) Rule 2(a)
(b) Rule 2(b)
(c) Rule 3(a)
(d) Rule 3(b)
Answer:
(a) Rule 2(a)

Question 70A.
Electric shaving machine is classifiable under following:
8510: Shavers and hair clippers with self-contained electric motors;
8509: Electro mechanical domestic appliances with self-contained electric motor As per rules of classification, electric shaving machine should be classifiable under
(a) 8510
(b) 8509
(c) More information is needed
(d) Can be classified under both
Answer:
(a) 8510

Question 71.
The classification of goods consisting of more than one material or substance shall be according to the principles of ……….
(a) Rule 2(a)
(b) Rule 2(b)
(c) Rule 3
(d) Rule 4
Answer:
(c) Rule 3

Question 71A.
In which of the following cases, importer can claim pilferage and choose not to pay duty under section 13 of the Customs Act, 1962?
(a) Goods pilfered while on high seas
(b) Goods pilfered before unloading
(c) Goods cleared for home consumption
(d) Goods pilfered after unloading but before order for home consumption given by proper officer
Answer:
(d) Goods pilfered after unloading but before order for home consumption given by proper officer

Question 72.
Which are of the following is not a part of Rule 3 of “Rules of Interpretation” of the First Schedule to Customs Tariff Act?
(a) Akin Rule
(b) Specific over General
(c) Essential character principle
(d) Latter the better
Answer:
(a) Akin Rule

Question 73.
Which one of the following is FALSE with reference to Rule 6 of Rules of Interpretation?
(a) Sub-heading at the same level are comparable.
(b) Sub-heading can be comparable only with another sub-heading within the same heading
(c) Both (a) and (b)
(d) None of the above.
Answer:
(b) Sub-heading can be comparable only with another sub-heading within the same heading

Question 74.
Which one of the following is NOT an exception to Rule 5 of Rules of Inter-pretation?
(a) Durable containers capable of respective use should be classified separately.
(b) When packing material itself gives the essential character as a whole.
(c) Cases/containers shall be classified with a specific article when of a kind normally sold therewith.
(d) None of the above.
Answer:
(c) Cases/containers shall be classified with a specific article when of a kind normally sold therewith.

Question 75.
The items eligible for Project Import are specified in heading of the Customs Tariff Act, 1975
(a) 9801
(b) 9108
(c) 8901
(d) 8908
Answer:
(a) 9801

Question 76.
Under Project Import, the spare parts, raw material and consumables stores up to ….. of the value of goods can
be imported
(a) 596
(b) 1096
(c) 1596
(d) 2096
Answer:
(b) 1096

Question 77.
When the goods consists of more than one material or substance, then the heading which provides the most specific description shall be preferred to headings providing a more General description. It is the application of which Rule?
(a) Essential Character Principle
(b) Specific over General
(c) Akin Rule
(d) Latter the Better
Answer:
(b) Specific over General

Question 78.
The document showing the particulars of the consignment for which the buyer has placed an order with the supplier is called as ……….
(a) Indent
(b) Delivery order
(c) Consignment note
(d) Bill of lading
Answer:
(a) Indent

Question 79.
………… is the instrument delivered by the Bank intimating the seller of the goods, the Bill amount for the supply of the goods on presentation of certain documents evidencing shipment of the goods
(a) Sight Draft
(b) Bank Draft
(c) Letter of Credit
(d) Letter of Undertaking
Answer:
(c) Letter of Credit

Question 80.
The port authorities have to be paid the charges called as Landing Charges. These charges include:
(a) Unloading the cargo from the conveyance
(b) Light house charges
(c) Forklift, warehouse crane charges, if they are used for landing
(d) All of the above
Answer:
(d) All of the above

Question 81.
For Imported goods, the conversion in Value shall be done with reference to the rate of exchange prevalent on the date of …………
(a) Filling Bill of Entry
(b) Grant of Entry Inwards
(c) Earlier of (a) and (b)
(d) (a) or (b) whichever is later
Answer:
(a) Filling Bill of Entry

Question 82.
For the purpose of Valuation under Customs, the rate of exchange notified by ………. shall be taken into account.
(a) Central Board Indirect Taxes & Customs
(b) Reserve Bank of India
(c) Foreign Exchange Dealers Association of India
(d) Any of the above
Answer:
(a) Central Board Indirect Taxes & Customs

Question 83.
Samar Timber Corporation submitted the Bill of entry on 11-4-2018. On account of mistake, the Bill of entry was represented on 28-4-2018 after correction. The relevant date in respect of duty payable is ………..
(a) Date of presentation of B/E (11-4-2018)
(b) Date of re-presentation of B/E (28-4-2018)
(c) Three days after date of presentation
(d) Three days after date of re-presentation.
Answer:
(a) Date of presentation of B/E (11-4-2018)

Question 84.
The CBIC notifies the currency con-version rates periodically, generally every …….
(a) Day
(b) Week
(c) Fortnight
(d) Month
Answer:
(c) Fortnight

Question 85.
Which are of the following statement is correct?
(a) The selling rate notified by CBIC is for Imported goods
(b) The buying rate notified by CBIC is for export goods
(c) The CBIC notifies single currency conversion rate
(d) Both (a) and (b)
Answer:
(d) Both (a) and (b)

Question 86.
For goods exported by vehicle, the conversion in Value shall be done with reference to the rate of exchange prevalent on the date of ……..
(a) Filing shipping Bill
(b) Filing Bill of export
(c) Filing Bill of entry
(d) Receipt of entry outward
Answer:
(b) Filing Bill of export

Question 87.
Select the odd out,………
(a) Shipping Bill
(b) Bill of export
(c) Bill of entry
(d) Export of goods
Answer:
(c) Bill of entry

Question 88.
In which of the following case (s), the transaction Value shall be accepted.
(a) There are no restrictions as to the disposition or use of the goods by the buyer.
(b) The buyer and seller are not related
(c) The sale or price is not subject to some condition or consideration for which a Value cannot be determined in respect of goods being Valued.
(d) All of the above.
Answer:
(d) All of the above.

Question 89.
If the Value cannot be determined under Rule 3(1) of Customs Valuation (Determination of Value of Imported Goods) Rules, 2007, then the Value shall be determined through Rule 4 to Rule 9 by proceeding:-
(a) Sequentially
(b) Backward sequence
(c) No such sequence
(d) None of the above
Answer:
(a) Sequentially

Question 90.
As per Rule 3(1), subject to Rule 12, the Value of Imported goods shall be the transaction Value adjusted in accordance with the provisions of…
(a) Rule 4
(b) Rule 6
(c) Rule 9
(d) Rule 10
Answer:
(d) Rule 10

Question 91.
The transaction Value is not accepted in case of sale between related persons but, there is an exception. If the importer demonstrates that the declared Value closely approximates to ……, then transaction Value is accepted.
(a) It is similar to sales to unrelated buyers in India
(b) The deductive Value for identical or similar goods
(c) The computed Value for identical or similar goods
(d) Any of the above
Answer:
(d) Any of the above

Question 92.
Which are the following is not covered under Rule 10:
(a) Cost incurred by buyer but not included
(b) Supply of goods or services free of cost
(c) Supply of goods or services at market rate
(d) Royalties and license fees payable as a condition of sale.
Answer:
(c) Supply of goods or services at market rate

Question 93.
If the Value of Imported goods cannot be determined under the provision of Rules 3,4 and 5 then, as per Rule 6 of Customs Valuation (Determination of Value of Imported Goods) Rules, 2007; which one of the following is INCORRECT:
(a) The Value shall be determined by Rule 7
(b) The Value is determined by Rule 8, in case Rule 7 fails.
(c) At the request of importer, the sequence of application of Rule 7 & Rule 8 cannot be changed
(d) At there quest of importer application of, sequence of Rule 7 and Rule 8 may be reserved.
Answer:
(c) At the request of importer, the sequence of application of Rule 7 & Rule 8 cannot be changed

Question 94.
In case of goods entered for Home Consumption, the rate of duty and tariff Valuation shall be the rate and Valuation in force on the date of …………
(a) Presentation of Bill of entry
(b) Entry inwards of vessel
(c) Later of (a) &(b)
(d) Earlier of (a) & (b)
Answer:
(c) Later of (a) &(b)

Question 95.
When the goods are cleared for Home Consumption from the warehouse, the rate of duty shall be the rate in force on the date of ……
(a) Presentation of Bill of entry
(b) Entry inwards of vessel
(c) Later of (a) & (b)
(d) Earlier of (a) & (b)
Answer:
(a) Presentation of Bill of entry

Question 96.
In case of goods entered for export, the rate of duty & tariff Valuation shall be the rate in force on the date
(a) Presentation of Bill of entry
(b) Permission of proper office for clearance & loading of goods for exportation
(c) Earlier of (a) & (b)
(d) Later of (a) &(b)
Answer:
(b) Permission of proper office for clearance & loading of goods for exportation

Question 97.
After the amendment in CVR, 2007 vide circular No. 39/2017-Cus., dated 26-9-17, which one (s) of the following charges associated with the delivery of Imported goods “At the place of importation” are not added to CIF Value of goods:
(a) Loading charges
(b) Unloading charges
(c) Handling charges
(d) All of the above.
Answer:
(d) All of the above.

Question 98.
As per section 154A of the Customs Act, 1962, the amount of duty, interest, penalty, fine or any other sum payable, under the provision of the Act, shall be rounded off to the:
(a) Nearest Rupee
(b) Multiple of 10
(c) Multiple of 100
(d) Multiple of ₹ 1000
Answer:
(a) Nearest Rupee

Question 99.
The amount of total Customs duty is calculated at ₹ 39,899.49. The final amount of Customs duty after being rounded off as per section 154A will be
(a) ₹ 39,899
(b) ₹ 39,900
(c) ₹ 40,000
(d) ₹ 39,850
Answer:
(a) ₹ 39,899

Question 100.
The FOB and transportation cost are ₹ 11, 00,000 and ₹ 2,30,000 respectively. Calculate the CIF Value, if cost of insurance cover is not ascertainable & goods have been Imported by mode other than Air.
(a) ₹ 13,42,375
(b) ₹ 13,34,850
(c) ₹ 15,96,000
(d) None of the above.
Answer:
(a) ₹ 13,42,375
Overview of Customs Act MCQs - CS Executive Tax Laws MCQ 3

Question 101.
A material was Imported by air at CIF price of 8,000 US $ freight paid was 2400 US$ and insurance cost was 8 -US $. What is the Assessable Value for Customs purpose?
(a) 8000 minus 2,400 minus 800
(b) 8000 plus 2,400 plus 800
(c) 8,000 Minus 20% of 8,000 minus 1.125% of 8,000
(d) None of the above.
Answer:
(a) 8000 minus 2,400 minus 800

Question 102.
Which are of the following is not included in the Assessable Value?
(a) Cost of Machine
(b) Transport charges from factory of exporter to the port for shipment
(c) Buying commission paid by importer
(d) Freight charges from exporting country to India.
Answer:
(c) Buying commission paid by importer

Question 103.
Consider the following:

The selling price (inclusive of IGST) ₹ 7,06,348
BCD 11%
IGST u/s 7 18%
Post Importation Exp. ₹ 41,935
IGST (Inter-state) 18%

The Assessable Value as per deductive method is
(a) 4,25,000
(b) 4,50,000
(c) 3,75,000
(d) None of the above.
Answer:
(a) 4,25,000
Overview of Customs Act MCQs - CS Executive Tax Laws MCQ 4

Question 104.
Mr. Raman of India Imported goods from a related person Mr. vivek of US. The transaction Value is rejected & Rule 8 is applied by Customs authorities since Rules 4 and 5 of Import Valuation Rules are found inapplicable. The relevant data are:
Total cost incurred by Vivek $ 9,000
Air freight from US port to Indian port $ 2,500
Insurance from US port to Indian port $ 100
Normal Net profit margin of Mr. Vivek 25% of cost Exchange rate ₹ 68
The assessable Value as per computed Value (Rule 8) is
(a) ₹ 9,00,000
(b) ₹ 9,24,800
(c) ₹ 13,250
(d) None of the above.
Answer:
(b) ₹ 9,24,800
Overview of Customs Act MCQs - CS Executive Tax Laws MCQ 5

Question 105.
There is a transaction of import of goods between related persons. Although identical goods are also Imported in India, but the Imported in India, but the importer requests the Customs department to apply deductive method. Which are of the following is NOT CORRECT:
(a) Transaction Value cannot be applied
(b) Rule 7 (Deductive) can be applied
(c) Rule 7 cannot be applied as Rule 4 (Identical goods) is a available
(d) The sequential application of Rules is mandatory.
Answer:
(b) Rule 7 (Deductive) can be applied

Question 106.
Mr. Smart Imported certain articles from a related person. The employee of Mr. Smart has calculated the Assessable Value under different Valuation Rules as under:
Rule 3 = ₹ 40,000 Rule 4 = ₹ 2,10,000 Rule 5 = ₹ 2,05,000
What will be the assessable Value that should be accepted by the Customs AuthoritiesAnswer:
(a) ₹ 40,000
(b) ₹ 2,10,000
(c) ₹ 2,05,000
(d) None of the above.
Answer:
(b) ₹ 2,10,000

Question 107.
The expression “Goods of the same class or kind” used in Rule 7 and Rule 8 of the Customs Valuation (Determination of Value of the Imported Goods) Rules, 2007 does not include
(a) Identical goods
(b) Similar goods
(c) Imported goods produced by that particular industry
(d) None of these.
Answer:
(d) None of these.

Question 108.
Mode of transport: Vessel BCD : 10%
Social Welfare Surcharge : 10% Integrated Tax u/s 3 (7): 18%
Air freight: 15% of FOB
Insurance : 2% of FOB
Total cost of Imported goods: ₹ 15,32,466
The FOB Value is
(a) ₹ 14,00,000
(b) ₹ 10,00,000
(c) ₹ 12,40,000
(d) ₹ 13,15,000
Answer:
(b) ₹ 10,00,000
Overview of Customs Act MCQs - CS Executive Tax Laws MCQ 6

Question 109.
Mr. X has Imported some goods from USA by air. In the computation of FOB Value as per Customs, which one of the following shall be included:
(a) Local agent’s commission (not buying commission)
(b) Cost of Insurance
(c) Air Freight
(d) All of the above.
Answer:
(a) Local agent’s commission (not buying commission)

Question 110.
Mr. Importer has requested the Customs Authorities to apply “Computed Value as per Rule 8” since the data required is available. The authorities are of the opinion that the sequential application of Rules is required. So, Rule 7 should be applied first. Which of the following statement is CORRECT:
(a) Rule 7 should be applied.
(b) Rule 8 may be applied.
(c) That Rule is to be applied which gives higher Value.
(d) None of the above.
Answer:
(b) Rule 8 may be applied.

Question 111.
In application of Rule 8, the cost incurred by the exporter (i.e. seller) is calculated. In such calculation, which of the following will NOT he included:
(a) Loading charges at US port.
(b) Loading charges at India port.
(c) Cost of material.
(d) Fabrication and freight from factory to US port.
Answer:
(b) Loading charges at India port.

Question 112.
As per Rule 9(1), “Residual Method of Valuation”, the Value is to be determined using reasonable means:
(a) Consistent with the principles
(b) General provisions of Rules
(c) Section 14 and data available
(d) All of the above.
Answer:
(d) All of the above.

Question 113.
The Computed Value, as per Rule 8 DOES NOT include:
(a) Cost of material or fabrication in producing Imported goods.
(b) Cost or Value of all expenses under Rule 10(2).
(c) Amt. of profit and general expense which are made by producers in the country of exportation for export to India.
(d) Air freight from that country to India.
Answer:
(d) Air freight from that country to India.

Question 114.
The price of product at exporter’s factory is US $ 11,000. He paid $ 400 from factory of the exporter to load airport. $ 350 has also been paid by him as loading & handling charges at the load airport. For freight & insurance from load airport to airport of importation in India, $ 2,585 and $ 140 have also been paid. What is the CIF Value in US$?
(a) US$ 14,240
(b) US$11,750
(c) US$ 14,475
(d) None of the above.
Answer:
(a) US$ 14,240
Overview of Customs Act MCQs - CS Executive Tax Laws MCQ 7

Question 115.
Which are of the following is governed by special provisions of Customs:
(a) Goods imported by sea
(b) Goods imported by Air
(c) Goods imported by Land
(d) Goods imported by Post.
Answer:
(d) Goods imported by Post.

Question 116.
As per section 2(2) of Customs Act, assessment includes ………
(a) Provisional assessment
(b) Self-assessment
(c) Re-assessment
(d) All of the above.
Answer:
(d) All of the above.

Question 117.
Beneficial owner, means any person ……….
(a) On whose behalf the goods are being imported
(b) Who exercises effective control over the goods being imported
(c) Both (a) and (b)
(d) None of the above.
Answer:
(c) Both (a) and (b)

Question 118.
Under Customs, the terms “goods” does not include ………
(a) Vessels, aircraft and vehicles
(b) Baggage
(c) Currency and negotiable instruments
(d) None of the above.
Answer:
(d) None of the above.

Question 119.
The Person-in-Charge in relation to vessel is ……..
(a) Conductor
(b) Master
(c) Commander
(d) Pilot-in-Charge.
Answer:
(d) Pilot-in-Charge.

Question 120.
Goods for use in a vessel or aircraft including fuel and spare parts are called as ……………..
(a) Consumables
(b) Stores
(c) Lubricant
(d) Any of the above.
Answer:
(d) Any of the above.

Question 121.
Which one of the following is not a notified Customs portAnswer:
(a) Port Blair
(b) Kandla
(c) Tuglakhabad (Delhi)
(d) Panaji port.
Answer:
(c) Tuglakhabad (Delhi)

Question 122.
Who has the powers to specify the limits of Customs area under section 8 of Customs Act, 1962Answer:
(a) CBIC
(b) Central Govt.
(c) Principal commissioner/commissioner of Customs
(d) None of the above.
Answer:
(c) Principal commissioner/commissioner of Customs

Question 123.
The provisions of section 29(1) are not applicable in case of emergency landing due to accident, stress of weather or other unavoidable cause. Which one of the following is the obligation cast on person- in-charge as per section 29(2)
(a) Reporting of arrival to nearest Customs officer or office-in-charge of police station
(b) Shall not permit any goods to be unloaded or any of crew or passenger to depart
(c) Both (a) and (b)
(d) None of the above.
Answer:
(c) Both (a) and (b)

Question 124.
The person in charge of the vessel is required to deliver the Arrival Manifest. In case of vessel, the time limit for presentation of import manifest is ……..
(a) Electronically prior to arrival of vessel at custom station
(b) Within 6 hours before arrival at Customs station
(c) Within 12 hours after arrival
(d) Electronically immediately after arrival.
Answer:
(a) Electronically prior to arrival of vessel at custom station

Question 125.
The presentation of Arrival Manifest or import report within 12 hours after its arrival is applicable in case of ………
(a) Vessel
(b) Aircraft
(c) Vehicle
(d) All of the above.
Answer:
(c) Vehicle

Question 126.
The arrival manifest/report ………… amended or supplemented.
(a) Cannot be
(b) Can be (without any condition)
(c) Can be (on satisfaction of proper officer)
(d) Can be (within 2 hours)
Answer:
(c) Can be (on satisfaction of proper officer)

Question 127.
What is the penalty for non-filing the arrival manifest/report within the time limit as per section 30Answer:
(a) ₹ 50,000
(b) Not exceeding ₹ 50,000
(c) ₹ 50,000 plus ₹ 100 per day till default continues
(d) None of the above.
Answer:
(b) Not exceeding ₹ 50,000

Question 128.
The section 30A(1) requires that the person-in-charge of a conveyance that enters into India from any place outside, shall deliver to the proper officer:-
(a) Passenger arrival manifest
(b) Crew arrival manifest
(c) Passenger name record information of arriving passengers
(d) All of the above.
Answer:
(b) Crew arrival manifest

Question 129.
As per section 31, the imported goods not be unloaded from vessel until entry inwards granted, this provision is not applicable to unloading of………..
(a) Baggage accompanying a passenger or a member of the crew
(b) Mail bags, animals
(c) Perishable and hazardous goods
(d) All of the above.
Answer:
(d) All of the above.

Question 130.
As per section 35, if the vessel arriving at the import cargo is taken from the ship to the Shore in boats. Which of the following statement is incorrect in this regard:
(a) No imported goods shall be water-borne for being landed unless the goods are accompanied by a boat-note.
(b) Board may give general permission for goods being water-borne without boat-note.
(c) Proper officer may in any particular case give special permission for such movement such without boat-note.
(d) The boat-notes are in triplicate and in white colour.
Answer:
(d) The boat-notes are in triplicate and in white colour.

Question 131.
At present, the exemption regarding goods to water borne without being accompanied by a boat-note is in operation in………
(a) Chennai port for import
(b) Chennai port for exports
(c) Kolkata port for exports
(d) All of the above.
Answer:
(d) All of the above.

Question 132.
As per the Boat-Note Regulations, 1976, which one of the following statement is CORRECT:
(a) Normally boat-note is issued by proper officer.
(b) Normally boat-note is issued by Principal Commissioner of Customs.
(c) Before issue of boat-note, the proper offices require authorization from Principal Commissioner.
(d) The boat-notes should be in quadruplicate.
Answer:
(a) Normally boat-note is issued by proper officer.

Question 133.
The procedures for clearance of imported goods are contained in section 45 to section 49 of the Customs Act. These procedures are not applicable to ……..
(a) Baggage
(b) Goods imported by post
(c) Both (a) & (b)
(d) None of the above.
Answer:
(c) Both (a) & (b)

Question 134.
Bill of Lading is a document of title to goods transported by ………
(a) Air Route
(b) Sea Route
(c) Railway Route
(d) Vehicle Route.
Answer:
(b) Sea Route

Question 135.
The bill of entry is filed in ……… Copies
(a) One
(b) Two
(c) Three
(d) Four
Answer:
(d) Four

Question 135A.
Outline the stepwise procedure of import of goods into India.
i. Grant of entry inwards to vessel
ii. Filing of Import General Manifest
iii. Unloading of goods
iv. Assessment of goods
v. Filing of Bill of Entry
vi. Payment of duty
(a) (i), (ii), (iii), (iv), (v), and (vi)
(b) (ii), (iii), (i), (iv), (v), and (vi)
(c) (iii), (ii), (i), (vi), (v), and (iv)
(d) (ii), (i), (iii), (v), (iv) and (vi)
Answer:
(d) (ii), (i), (iii), (v), (iv) and (vi)

Question 136.
The “original copy” of Bill of entry is for
(a) Customs authorities for assessment
(b) Customs authorities to custodian
(c) Importer
(d) Bank/RBI
Answer:
(a) Customs authorities for assessment

Question 137.
The Bill of Entry may be presented at any time not exceeding …….. prior to the expected arrival of the aircraft / vessel/ vehicle.
(a) 20 days
(b) 30 days
(c) 40 days
(d) 50 days
Answer:
(b) 30 days

Question 138.
The interest payable on amount payable to the Central Government, con-sequent to the final assessment order, is calculated:
(a) From the first day of the month of provisional assessment till the date of payment.
(b) From the day of provisional assessment till the date of payment.
(c) From the day of provisional assessment till the date of final assessment.
(d) From the first day of the month of provisional assessment till the last day of assessment month of final assessment.
Answer:
(a) From the first day of the month of provisional assessment till the date of payment.

Question 139.
What is the time limit for refund from the date of final assessment where the amount assessed is lower than the amount as per provisional assessment:
(a) Within 2 months
(b) Within 3 months
(c) Within 4 months
(d) No limit
Answer:
(b) Within 3 months

Question140.
As per section 51, when the Customs officer is satisfied that the goods are not prohibited and the exporter has paid the duty and other charges payable in respect of same, he makes the order for shipment on the duplicate copy of the shipping Bill. This is known as ………….
(a) Allowed orders
(b) Let export orders
(c) Valid export orders
(d) Sanctioned export orders
Answer:
(b) Let export orders

Question 141.
With reference to Rule 3 of Baggage Rules, 2016, “Infant” class passenger means a child
(a) Of any age
(b) Not more than 1 year of age
(c) Not more than 2 year of age
(d) Not more than 3 year of age
Answer:
(c) Not more than 2 year of age

Question 142.
“Personal Effects” means
(a) Things attached for satisfying daily necessities
(b) Jewellery up to 20gms. (for Male) & up to 40 gms (for female)
(c) Jewellery upto ₹ 25,000 (for male) & up to ₹ 50,000 (for female)
(d) None of the above.
Answer:
(a) Things attached for satisfying daily necessities

Question 143.
The facility of warehousing is avail-able to
(a) Traders
(b) Direct importers
(c) Both (a) & (b)
(d) None of the above.
Answer:
(c) Both (a) & (b)

Question 144.
The consideration which the importer is required to pay for warehousing facility is that he should bind himself to pay to the Government a sum equal to ………. the amount of total duty determined.
(a) Twice
(b) Thrice
(c) Four times
(d) 70%
Answer:
(b) Thrice

Question 145.
In case of warehousing, the importer agrees to pay duty on goods cleared from such warehouse at the rate of duty and valuation prevalent on the date on which: ……..
(a) Bill of Entry presented for warehousing.
(b) Bill of Entry is presented for clearing from warehouse.
(c) Entry inwards is issued.
(d) None of the above.
Answer:
(b) Bill of Entry is presented for clearing from warehouse.

Question 146.
When goods are warehoused, at such point of time, Customs duty is ……..
(a) Payable in full
(b) Payable at 50%
(c) Payable at 60%
(d) Not payable
Answer:
(d) Not payable

Question 147.
The Bill of Entry for warehousing is also called as: ……..
(a) Into-bond Bill of Entry
(b) Settled Bill of Entry
(c) Projected Bill of Entry
(d) Deferred Bill of Entry
Answer:
(a) Into-bond Bill of Entry

Question 148.
The deposit of goods imported in a warehouse is permitted:
(a) By the assessing officer at the port of import
(b) The permission is for deposit of goods
(c) No payment of duty is required at such time
(d) All of the above.
Answer:
(d) All of the above.

Question 149.
Which one of the warehouse is NOT included in warehouse under Customs:
(a) Private warehouse
(b) Public warehouse
(c) Special warehouse licensed
(d) None of the above.
Answer:
(d) None of the above.

Question 150.
How many types of warehouses are under Customs Act, 1962
(a) Two
(b) Three
(c) Four
(d) Five
Answer:
(b) Three

Question 150A.
What is the relevant date for determining rate of duty in case of ware-housed goods before clearing for home consumption:
(a) Date of presentation of in-bond bill of entry;
(b) Date of presentation of ex-bond bill of entry Le. bill of entry for home consumption;
(c) Date of payment of duty;
(d) Date of import of goods into India.
Answer:
(b) Date of presentation of ex-bond bill of entry Le. bill of entry for home consumption.

Question 151.
In a private warehouse, dutiable goods imported …….. are deposited:
(a) Only by licensee
(b) Only by Government
(c) Only by Principal Commissioner
(d) By any of the above
Answer:
(a) Only by licensee

Question 152.
Which one of the warehouse (s) remain under physical control of proper officer:
(a) Public warehouse
(b) Private warehouse
(c) Special warehouse
(d) All of the above
Answer:
(c) Special warehouse

Question 153.
The concept of Customs lock is applicable to …………
(a) Public warehouse
(b) Private warehouse
(c) Special warehouse
(d) All of the above
Answer:
(c) Special warehouse

Question 154.
The goods that may be warehoused in special warehouse are:
(a) Any dutiable goods
(b) Dutiable goods notified by CBIC
(c) Dutiable goods notified by CG
(d) Any goods notified by CG
Answer:
(b) Dutiable goods notified by CBIC

Question 155.
In case of special warehouse, no person will enter the warehouse or remove any goods there from without the permission of the:
(a) Proper officer
(b) Principal commissioner of Customs
(c) CBIC
(d) Central Government
Answer:
(a) Proper officer

Question 156.
Which of the following is notified goods for special warehouse:
(a) Gold & silver
(b) Other precious metals
(c) Semi-precious metals
(d) All of the above
Answer:
(d) All of the above

Question 157.
The license for warehouse is
(a) Renewed annually
(b) Renewed after two years
(c) Renewed after every three years
(d) Not required to be renewed.
Answer:
(d) Not required to be renewed.

Question 158.
As per section 74, Duty drawback is allowed in respect of imported goods on which ………..
(a) Duty has been exempted an importation
(b) Duty has been paid on importation
(c) Duty has been paid on exportation
(d) Duty has been exempted on exportation.
Answer:
(b) Duty has been paid on importation

Question 159.
Duty Drawback under the Customs Act, 1962 shall be allowed on the imported goods, where such imported goods are being used for a period of eight months before the same were re-exported …..
(a) 85%
(b) 70%
(c) 60%
(d) 40%
Answer:
(b) 70%

Question 160.
One of the conditions for drawback requires that the imported goods must have been entered for exportation and the proper officer must have made an order for permitting clearance of goods for exportation. It includes exportation
(a) Under section 51
(b) Under section 77 as baggage
(c) Under section 84 (a) by post
(d) All of the above
Answer:
(d) All of the above

Question 161.
What percentage of the import Duty paid is allowed as drawback in case of goods are exported out of India without being put to useAnswer:
(a) 98%
(b) 90%
(c) 100%
(d) 50%
Answer:
(a) 98%

Question 162.
The time limit for section 74 draw-back is ………..
(a) Within 2 years from the date of payment of Duty on importation.
(b) Within 1 year from the date of payment of Duty on importation.
(c) Within 2 years from the date of importation.
(d) Within 2 years from the date of filing of bill of entry.
Answer:
(a) Within 2 years from the date of payment of Duty on importation.

Question 163.
The time limit of 2 years is given for section 74 drawback. If the importer ware-housed the imported goods, the relevant date is the date on which
(a) Goods are imported
(b) Goods are cleared for home consumption
(c) Bill of entry for exbond is submitted
(d) None of the above.
Answer:
(b) Goods are cleared for home consumption

Question 164.
As per section 74(2), where the imported goods are used after importation, the amount of drawback will be at the reduced rate. This rate is fixed by:
(a) Central Government
(b) State Government
(c) CBIC
(d) CBDT
Answer:
(a) Central Government

Question 165.
If wearing apparel and Tea chests are not used after their importation into India and subsequently re-exported in the condition they were imported then they would be entitled to drawback
(a) 98%
(b) 80%
(c) 50%
(d) Nil
Answer:
(a) 98%

Question 166.
Ranbir imported wearing apparel for personal use. After having used for only 15 days, these are re-exported. Calculated the amount of Duty drawback if Ranbir has paid ₹ 2,000 as import Duty at the time of importation.
(a) ₹ 2,000
(b) 98% ofAnswer: 2000
(c) 95% ofAnswer: 2000
(d) Nil
Answer:
(d) Nil
No duty drawback is allowed on wearing apparel which has been taken into use and re-exported.

Question 167.
Which one of the following statement regarding reduced drawback is incorrectAnswer:
(a) If the use is for period not more than three months, 95% of import Duty to be paid as drawback.
(b) 75% drawback is applicable for more than 6 months but not more than 9 months.
(c) No drawback is allowed if the goods have been used for more then 18 months.
(d) 50% rate is applicable for more than 18 months but up to 24 months.
Answer:
(d) 50% rate is applicable for more than 18 months but up to 24 months.

Question 168.
Rohan imported goods & paid import Duty ₹ 30,000. These goods are merely tested & not used. Theses are re-exported within a week. Calculate Duty drawback under section 74 of Customs Act,1962.
(a) Section 74 is not applicable
(b) 98% of ₹ 30,000 (Treated as unused)
(c) 95% of ₹ 30,000 (Treated as used)
(d) Deduction of 4% per quarter.
Answer:
(c) 95% of ₹ 30,000 (Treated as used)
Even if imported goods are merely tested, though not used, it will be treated as used after importation.

Question 169.
If the car or specified goods are re-exported immediately (without use), the Duty drawback under section 74 shall be ……..
(a) 98%
(b) After Reduction 4% per quarter
(c) After Reduction 3% per quarter
(d) Not allowed
Answer:
(a) 98%

Question 170.
What is the status of Duty drawback. When motor car is re-exported after being used for five years
(a) 98%
(b) After reduction 4% p.a.
(c) 50%
(d) Not Allowed.
Answer:
(d) Not Allowed.

Question 171.
Which one of the following are rebatable as Duty drawback:
(a) Anti dumping Duty
(b) Safeguard duties
(c) Countervailing Duty
(d) All of the above.
Answer:
(d) All of the above.

Question 172.
The drawback under section 74 of Customs Act includes
(a) Basic Customs Duty
(b) Integrated tax under section 3(7)
(c) Compensationcess under section 3(9)
(d) All of the above.
Answer:
(d) All of the above.

Question 173.
Mohan imported projector and other office equipment after payment of ₹ 2,75,000 as import Duty. What will be the drawback under section 74, if these articles are re-exported by Mohan after 18 monthsAnswer:
(a) ₹ 1,92,500
(b) ₹ 1,78,750
(c) ₹ 1,65,000
(d) Nil
Answer:
(d) Nil

Question 174.
Raja has applied for extension of time for filing drawback claim after expiry of 3 months time limit. The application is for further 3 months beyond the original period of 3 months. Since, the FOB value of exports is ₹ 40, 00,000, Raja is worried about the application fee. What will be the fee payable along with the application for grant of extension
(a) 1% of FOB (i.e ₹ 40,000)
(b) ₹ 1,000
(c) Lower of (a) & (b) (i.e. 11,000)
(d) Higher of (a) &(b) (i.e. ₹ 40,000)
Answer:
(c) Lower of (a) & (b) (i.e. 11,000)

Question 175.
Mr. Mitra Pal filed a claim for pay ment of Duty drawback amounting to ₹ 1,00,000 on 30-7-2017. However the was amount received on 28-10-17. The quantum interest payable u/s 75A is
(a) ₹ 970
(b) ₹ 485
(c) ₹ 1480
(d) None of the above.
Answer:
(a) ₹ 970

Question 176.
What is the period, starting from the date of demand, within which the claimant shall pay if drawback has been paid to him erroneously
(a) Within 15 days
(b) Within 1 month
(c) Within 2 month
(d) Within 3 month
Answer:
(c) Within 2 month

Question 177.
Under which section the drawback does not require any minimum value addition:
(a) Section 73
(b) Section 74
(c) Section 75
(d) Both (b) & (c)
Answer:
(b) Section 74

Question 178.
There are two sections 74 and 75 for Duty drawback. Which section requires that the goods must be capable of being easily identified:
(a) Section 74
(b) Section 75
(c) Both (a) & (b)
(d) No such criteria
Answer:
(a) Section 74

Question 179.
FOB value exported goods = ₹ 2,00,000
Rate of drawback = 40% of FOB value Market price of goods = ₹ 1,50,000
Value of imported material used in goods is: 1,20,000
The drawback admissible under section 75 is
(a) ₹ 50,000
(b) ₹ 80,000
(c) ₹ 30,000
(d) Nil
Answer:
(a) ₹ 50,000

Question 180.
As per section 28(1) of the Customs Act, 1962 the proper officer can issue show cause notice [SCN].
(i) When the duty has not been levied/ short levied.
(ii) When the duty has not been paid/ short paid.
(iii) When interest payable has been paid/ part paid.
(iv) When duty/ interest payable has been erroneously refunded.
The SCN can be issued in situations
(a) (i) and (ii)
(b) (iii) and (iv)
(c) (i), (ii) and (iii)
(d) (i), (ii), (iii) &(iv)
Answer:
(d) (i), (ii), (iii) &(iv)

Question 181.
……. may be defined as “to act in concert especially in fraud, a secret agreement to deceive”.
(a) Collusion
(b) Fraud
(c) Wilful misstatement
(d) Mis-statement
Answer:
(a) Collusion

Question 182.
In relation to section 28 of the Customs Act, 1962, which one of the following statement is false:
(a) It is based upon principles of natural justice
(b) It is requires that assessee must be given reasonable opportunity before any action is taken against him
(c) It is related with demand of duty not paid, short paid or erroneously refunded
(d) The notice cannot be issued for interest not paid, short paid or erroneously refunded.
Answer:
(d) The notice cannot be issued for interest not paid, short paid or erroneously refunded.

Question 183.
Where the person is chargeable with duty/interest for reasons OTHER THAN collision, wilful mis-statement, suppression of facts, then proper officer shall issue show cause notice:
(a) Within one year
(b) Within two years
(c) Within five years
(d) No such limit
Answer:
(b) Within two years

Question 184.
Under section 28 of Customs Act, 1962, if the reason is collusion, wilful misstate-ment, suppression of fact, then the proper officer shall serve SCN within
(a) One year
(b) Two years
(c) Five years
(d) No such limit
Answer:
(c) Five years

Question 185.
The show cause notice under section 28 will not be served if the amount involved is ………
(a) Less than ₹ 50
(b) Upto ₹ 50
(c) Less than ₹ 100
(d) Up to ₹ 100
Answer:
(c) Less than ₹ 100

Question 186.
Which are of the following is incorrect about voluntary payment of duty or interest before issue of SCN under section 28:
(a) The person chargeable may pay on the basis of his own assessment
(b) The person chargeable may pay on the basis of duty ascertained by the proper officer
(c) The interest is calculated as per section 28AA
(d) The person chargeable with the duty cannot pay before service of show cause notice.
Answer:
(d) The person chargeable with the duty cannot pay before service of show cause notice.

Question 187.
When the person on chargeable with the duty or interest pays before service of show cause Notice: which of following is correct:
(a) The payment may be made on the basis of duty as certained by proper officer only.
(b) The interest has to be paid as per section 28A.
(c) Such voluntary payment shall not be informed to any officer.
(d) The person, who has paid, shall inform the proper officer of such payment in writing.
Answer:
(d) The person, who has paid, shall inform the proper officer of such payment in writing.

Question 188.
Mr. X is chargeable with the duty ₹ 90,000 and interest ₹ 5,400. Before service of show cause notice, he paid the amount of duty along with the interest payable. Mr. X also informed the proper officer of such payment in writing. The proper officer, on receipt of such information.
(a) Shall serve SCN to Mr. X
(b) Shall not serve any show cause notice.
(c) Shall serve SCN to Mr. X before the expiry of 7 days from the receipt of this information.
(d) Shall not serve show cause notice if the information is furnished by speed post/e-mail.
Answer:
(b) Shall not serve any show cause notice.

Question 189.
Mr. Y informed the proper officer about payment of duty and interest on the basis of his own ascertainment. The proper officer is of the opinion that the amount so paid falls short of the amount actually payable, then proper office shall proceed to issue SCN and the period of two years shall be computed from the date of …………….
(a) Default by the person chargeable
(b) Payment by the person
(c) Receipt of information (sent by person making voluntary payment)
(d) Assessment by proper officer.
Answer:
(c) Receipt of information (sent by person making voluntary payment)

Question 190.
If the person to whom the SCN has been issued under section 28(4) pays the duty in fall or in part, as may be accepted by him and the applicable interest within 30 days of receipt of notice, the penalty would be reduced to …… of duty
specified in notice or accepted amount
(a) 10%
(b) 15%
(c) 18%
(d) 20%
Answer:
(b) 15%

Question 191.
In relation to section 28, “Deceit, im-posture, criminal deception done with the intention of gaining an advantage” means
(a) Fraud
(b) Collusion
(c) Wilful mis-statement
(d) Suppression of facts
Answer:
(a) Fraud

Question 192.
…….. may be defined as “to act in concert especially in fraud, a secret agreement to deceive”,
(a) Fraud
(b) Collusion
(c) Suppression of facts
(d) None of the above.
Answer:
(b) Collusion

Question 193.
A Show Cause Notice (SCN) de-manding Customs duty was issued in case of clearance by 100% exporter oriented undertaking (EOU) to domestic tariff Area (DTA). Which are of following is correct:
(a) SCN issued is defective in law.
(b) EOU is bound to pay Customs duty.
(c) SCN cannot be issued to EOU.
(d) None of the above.
Answer:
(a) SCN issued is defective in law.

Question 194.
As per section 28B, if every person who is liable to pay duty under this Act and has collected excess duty then such person shall pay the amount so collected to the credit of the ………
(a) Consumer Welfare fund
(b) Central Government
(c) Court deposits
(d) None of the above.
Answer:
(b) Central Government

Question 195.
The section 28AAA enables recovery of duty from the original holder of an instrument that was obtained by fraudulent means. This instrument may be account of……………..
(a) Duty exemption
(b) Remission scrip
(c) Duty credit scrip
(d) Any of the above.
Answer:
(d) Any of the above.

Question 196.
The recovery under section 28AAA is made from the original holder of the instrument where it has been obtained by him by means of……………
(a) Collusion
(b) Wilful mis-statement
(c) Suppression of facts
(d) Any of the above.
Answer:
(d) Any of the above.

Question 197.
Ramesh obtained instrument by means of suppression of facts (i.e. fraudulent means). The instrument has been used by Umesh. The duty relatable to such utilization of instrument shall be recovered from…………….
(a) Ramesh to whom instrument was issued)
(b) Recovery of duty from Ramesh shall be without prejudice to an action against Umesh (importer) under section 28.
(c) Both (a) & (b)
(d) None of the above.
Answer:
(c) Both (a) & (b)

Question 198.
When proper officer serves show cause notice on the person to whom the instrument was issued since he had obtained the same by means of fraudulent means, such person will have to reply to the notice within days from the date of receipt of notice.
(a) 30 days
(b) 40 days
(c) 60 days
(d) 70 days
Answer:
(a) 30 days

Question 199.
If there was a practice generally prevalent regarding levy of duty (including non-levy) on goods that are liable to duty/ a higher amount of duty, then …………. may notify that such excess duty will not be payable.
(a) Central Government
(b) CBIC
(c) Principal Commissioner of Customs
(d) None of the above.
Answer:
(a) Central Government

Question 200.
Under section 28BA, the provisional attachment of property can be restored to by the proper office during the pendency of the proceeding under section 28 in respect of cases:
(a) Involving wilful suppression collu-sion, etc.
(b) Not involving wilful suppression collusion, etc.
(c) Both (a) and (b)
(d) None of the above.
Answer:
(c) Both (a) and (b)

Question 201.
The duty collected is paid to the credit of the Central Government if the person has collected any amount
(a) In excess of the duty assessed or determined
(b) On goods which are wholly exempt
(c) On goods chargeable to nil rate of duty
(d) All of the above.
Answer:
(d) All of the above.

Question 202.
Under Customs, the refund of any excess amount of duty paid can be claimed by ……..
(a) Importer
(b) Exporter
(c) Both (a) & (b)
(d) Buyer only
Answer:
(c) Both (a) & (b)

Question 203.
As per section 27, the claim for refund of any duty or interest can be made by …….
(i) Person who has paid the duty or interest in excess.
(ii) Person who bore the incidence of such duty or interest.
(iii) Person who is a middle man in the chain
(iv) Person who is authorised dealer
(a) (i) and (it)
(b) (i) (ii) and (iii)
(c) (i) (it) and (iv)
(d) (i), (ii), (iii) & (iv)
Answer:
(d) (i), (ii), (iii) & (iv)

Question 204.
Self-assessment of duty as per section 17 of the Customs Act, 1962 is being done by Importer and Exporter relating to the goods subject to duty and after final assessment of duty if any, amount refundable is not refunded within ……..from the date of assessment of duty finally there shall be paid an interest on such un-ref unded amount by Central Government.
(a) 1 month
(b) 2 months
(c) 6 months
(d) 3 months
Answer:
(d) 3 months

Question 205.
Which of the following is INCORRECT:
(a) Customs Refund Application (Form) Regulations, 1995 are applicable.
(b) Claim for refund must be made in duplicate.
(c) Claim to be made to AC/DC who has jurisdiction over the Customs station where duty was paid.
(d) Claim to be made to AC/DC who has jurisdiction over the Customs station where duty is being demanded.
Answer:
(d) Claim to be made to AC/DC who has jurisdiction over the Customs station where duty is being demanded.

Question 206.
The claim for refund of duty/interest, by the importer/exporter must be made before the expiry of
(a) One year from the date of payment of such duty or interest
(b) Two year from the date of payment of such duty or interest
(c) One year from the date when original amount was become due
(d) None of the above.
Answer:
(a) One year from the date of payment of such duty or interest

Question 207.
A claim by another person, from whom duty was collected, must be made before expiry of………
(a) One year from the date of payment
(b) One year from the date of purchases of goods
(c) One year from the date of payment to Government
(d) None of the above.
Answer:
(b) One year from the date of purchases of goods

Question 208.
In case, the duty or interest has been paid under protest:
(a) The one year limitation is applicable
(b) The two year limitation is applicable
(c) The limitation of one year shall not apply
(d) Refund claim may be filed with 2 years.
Answer:
(c) The limitation of one year shall not apply

Question 209.
Where the amount claimed is ………., it will not be refund.
(a) Up to ₹ 100
(b) Less than ₹ 100
(c) Less than ₹ 1000
(d) No such limit
Answer:
(b) Less than ₹ 100

Question 210.
When the person, who applies for refund is not the person who has borne the burden of duty, the refund is paid into……
(a) A Fund, called as Investors’ Education and Protection Fund.
(b) A Fund, called as Consumer Welfare Fund
(c) A Fund, called as Consumer Development Fund.
(d) None of the above.
Answer:
(b) A Fund, called as Consumer Welfare Fund

Question 211.
Rahul has importer an article, which has been valued at ₹ 50,000. The Customs duty on this article comes to ₹ 12,500. After adding his profit margin of ₹7,500, he sold article for ₹ 20,000 i.e. Rahul charged by duty, which is included in price. Later on,₹2,000 has been proved to be paid by Rahul in excess. This ₹ 2,000 will be………
(a) Refunded to Rahul
(b) Credited to Central Govt. A/c.
(c) Credited to consumer Welfare Fund
(d) None of the above.
Answer:
(c) Credited to consumer Welfare Fund

Question 212.
Raja importer “Ferrari 599 GTB Fiora- no”, red color car at a cost of ₹ 3.57 crores and paid the Customs duty at that time. After 10 days, Raja filed a refund claim for proportionate duty. The department rejected the refund claim on the grounds of unjust enrichment. In this regard, which one of the following holds true:
(a) The refund should be credited to consumer Welfare Fund.
(b) The refund cannot be made to the applicant as car has been imported for personal use.
(c) The principal of unjust enrichment will not apply and refund shall be paid to the applicant.
(d) None of the above.
Answer:
(c) The principal of unjust enrichment will not apply and refund shall be paid to the applicant.

Question 213.
What is the range of rate of interest that is permitted to the Government for fixation as interest rate on delay refund:
(a) Between 5% and 15%
(b) Between 5% and 24%
(c) Between 5% and 28%
(d) Between 5% and 30%
Answer:
(d) Between 5% and 30%

Question 214.
The interest on delayed refund is payable only in respect of delayed refund of Customs duty. What about deposits:
(a) No interest is payable in respect of deposits.
(b) Interest is equally payable in respect of deposits.
(c) Interest is payable at half rate on deposits.
(d) Interest is payable on deposits, if specified in the order.
Answer:
(a) No interest is payable in respect of deposits.

Question 215.
An application for refund of duty shall be made before the expiry of from the relevant date in prescribed from.
(a) 2 months
(b) 3 months
(c) 6 months
(d) 9 months
Answer:
(c) 6 months

Question 216.
Which one of the following is TRUE:
(a) Under Customs, same provisions are applicable to refund and appeal.
(b) Appeals may be made to any com-missioner under Customs.
(c) Refund can be claimed within 60 days.
(d) Refund claim cannot be a substitute for an appeal.
Answer:
(d) Refund claim cannot be a substitute for an appeal.

Question 217.
What is the minimum monetary limit below which refund cannot be granted, as per third provision to section 2(7) of the Customs, Act, 1962:
(a) ₹ 50
(b) ₹ 100
(c) ₹ 500
(d) ₹ 1,000
Answer:
(d) ₹ 1,000

Question 218.
The person for whose benefit, trust is created (i.e. beneficiary) is called as …..
(a) Cestui Que Trust
(b) Beneficial Trust
(c) Dependent Trust
(d) Transferred Trust.
Answer:
(a) Cestui Que Trust

Question 219.
“The theory of unjust enrichment is valid and constitutional”. This judgment of the supreme court was given in which case:
(a) Parimal Ray
(b) Mafatlal Industries Ltd.
(c) Priya Blue Industries Ltd.
(d) Banmore Foam.
Answer:
(b) Mafatlal Industries Ltd.

Question 220.
Who is empowered under section 11 of the Customs Act, 1962 to prohibit importation or Exportation of Goods:
(a) CBIC
(b) Central Government
(c) Ministry of foreign trade
(d) Supreme Court
Answer:
(b) Central Government

Question 221.
In order to keep a check over the large scale smuggling of silver out of the country and various consumer articles smuggled into the country, which chapter has been inserted in Customs Act in 1969
(a) Chapter IV
(b) Chapter IVA
(c) Chapter IVB
(d) Chapter IVC
Answer:
(b) Chapter IVA

Question 222.
How many goods have been notified under section 1 IB by the Central Govern-ment as “Notified Goods”
(a) Five
(b) Ten
(c) Eleven
(d) No goods are specified at present.
Answer:
(d) No goods are specified at present.

Question 223.
The section 11D of Customs Act, 1962 requires that any notified goods shall not be acquired unless it is accompanied by voucher or the memorandum. It is not re-quired when person has himself imported such goods. The voucher or memorandum is not required when person has acquired through
(a) By gift
(b) By succession
(c) Both (a) & (b)
(d) No such relaxation
Answer:
(c) Both (a) & (b)

Question 224.
As per section 11G the provision of sections 11C, 11E and 11F are not application to any notified goods which are ………..
(a) In personal use of person by whom they are owned, possessed or con-trolled.
(b) Kept in the residence premises of a person for his personal use.
(c) Both (a) & (b)
(d) Application in all cases.
Answer:
(c) Both (a) & (b)

Question 225.
In order to prevent or detect the export of goods illegally out of India, ….. has been introduced in Customs Act.
(a) Chapter IV
(b) Chapter IVA
(c) Chapter IVB
(d) Chapter IVC
Answer:
(c) Chapter IVB

Question 226.
Which one of the following is not a notified goods under section 11-I of the Customs Act, 1962
(a) Acetic Anhydride
(b) Drug formulations containing codeine or its salts
(c) Pseudo – ephedrine
(d) Alcohol
Answer:
(d) Alcohol

Question 227.
Every person who owns, possesses or controls any specified goods (under section 11 -I) on the specified date, the market value of which exceeds shall deliver an intimation to proper officer.
(a) ₹ 10,000
(b) ₹15,000
(c) ₹ 20,000
(d) ₹ 25,000
Answer:
(b) ₹15,000

Question 228.
As per section 11J, the intimation of possession of specified goods shall be given to the proper officer within ………
days
(a) Five
(b) Six
(c) Seven
(d) Ten
Answer:
(c) Seven

Question 229.
For the purposes of section 11M, petty sale means a sale at a price which does not exceed
(a) ₹ 1,000
(b) ₹ 2,000
(c) ₹ 5,000
(d) ₹ 10,000
Answer:
(a) ₹ 1,000

Question 230.
Under Chapter XV of Customs Act, 1962 who has/have been conferred with a right of remedies against the order passed under Customs Act and Rules
(a) Assessee
(b) Department
(c) Both (a) and (b)
(d) Both (a) and (b) and Supreme Court
Answer:
(c) Both (a) and (b)

Question 231.
How many stages of appeal are provided under Customs:
(a) Two stages
(b) Three stages
(c) Four stages
(d) Five stages
Answer:
(b) Three stages

Question 232.
Which are of the following is true:
(a) Three stages of appeal
(b) Two stages of revision
(c) Further appeal to Supreme Court
(d) All of the above.
Answer:
(d) All of the above.

Question 233.
The three stages of appellate authorities are:
(i) Proper officer
(ii) Commissioner
(iii) Commissioner (Appeals)
(iv) Deputy Commissioner
(v) CESTAT
(vi) High Court
(a) (i), (ii) and (iii)
(b) (ii), (iii) and (iv)
(c) (iii), (iv) and (v)
(d) (iii), (vi) and (vii)
Answer:
(d) (iii), (vi) and (vii)

Question 234.
For orders passed by officers lower than the rank of Principal Commissioner/ Commissioner of Customs, the FIRST APPEAL lies to the ……….
(a) Deputy Commissioner (Appeals)
(b) Assistant Commissioner (Appeals)
(c) Commissioners (Appeals)
(d) Appellate Tribunal
Answer:
(c) Commissioners (Appeals)

Question 235.
Where the order of the Tribunal does not relate to determination of rate of duty or value of goods, an appeals is made to the ………..
(a) Supreme Court under section 130
(b) High Court under section 130
(c) CESTAT
(d) Commissioner (Appeals)
Answer:
(d) Commissioner (Appeals)

Question 236.
In cases, where the order-in-original is passed by a Principal Commissioner/ Commissioner of Customs, appeal lies
(a) Directly to Supreme Court
(b) Directly to High Court
(c) Directly to Appellate Tribunal
(d) Directly to Commissioner (Appeals)?
Answer:
(c) Directly to Appellate Tribunal

Question 237.
Which one of the following section is related with appeals to the Commissioner (Appeals)?
(a) 128
(b) 129
(c) 130
(d) 130A
Answer:
(a) 128

Question 238.
The appeal to the Commissioner (Appeals) under section 128 of the Customs Act is filed within days from the date of the communication to him of such decision or order.
(a) 30
(b) 40
(c) 50
(d) 60
Answer:
(d) 60

Question 239.
The limiting period of 60 days for filing appeal under section 128 to Commissioner (Appeals) may be extended by Principal Commissioner (Appeals) for further period of days.
(a) 10
(b) 20
(c) 30
(d) 60
Answer:
(c) 30

Question 240.
As regards an order enhancing any penalty or fine in lien of confiscation or reducing the amount of refund
(a) Cannot be passed
(b) Can be passed without any condition.
(c) Shall not be passed unless the appellant has been given a reasonable opportunity
(d) None of the above.
Answer:
(c) Shall not be passed unless the appellant has been given a reasonable opportunity

Question 241.
CESTAT is …….
(a) Appellate Tribunal
(b) Adjudicating Authority
(c) Commissioner (Appeals)
(d) None of the above.
Answer:
(a) Appellate Tribunal

Question 242.
The Appellate Tribunal under section 129 of Customs Act, 1962 shall be constituted by …….
(a) CBIC
(b) Central Government
(c) Ministry of Foreign Trade
(d) None of the above.
Answer:
(b) Central Government

Question 243.
The Customs, Excise and Service Tax Appellate Tribunal (CESTAT) consists of …………..
(a) Judicial and Technical Members
(b) Judicial, administrative and Technical Members
(c) Administrative and Judicial Members
(d) Technical and Administrative members.
Answer:
(a) Judicial and Technical Members

Question 244.
Who among the following, on ceasing to hold office, shall not be entitled to appear, act or plead before the Appellate Tribunal
(a) President
(b) Vice-president
(c) Other member
(d) All of the above.
Answer:
(d) All of the above.

Question 245.
What is the fee for filing, of a memo-randum of cross -objections, if the amount of duty demanded is ₹ 4,00,000:
(a) ₹1000
(b) ₹ 2,000
(c) ₹ 5000
(d) Nil
Answer:
(d) Nil

Question 246.
Mr. A is aggrieved person in respect of order passed by the Commissioner (Appeals) under section 128A, demanding duty, interest and penalty amount to ₹ 1,80,000. What will be the fee prescribed under section 129A(6) for filing an appeal to the appellate Tribunal
(a) ₹ 500
(b) ₹ 1000
(c) ₹ 5,000
(d) ₹ 10,000
Answer:
(b) ₹ 1000

Question 247.
What is the amount of fee for filing an appeal to the Appellate Tribunal when the appeal is preferred by Principal Commissioner/Commissioner of Customs:
(a) ₹ 1,000
(b) ₹ 5,000
(c) ₹ 10,000
(d) Nil
Answer:
(d) Nil

Question 248.
What is the fee prescribed under section 129(7) for application for rectification of mistake, restoration of an appeal, etc:
(a) ₹ 500
(b) ₹1000
(c) ₹ 5,000
(d) ₹ 10,000
Answer:
(a) ₹ 500

Question 249.
What is the existing rate of interest payable U/S 129EE on delayed refund of predepositAnswer:
(a) 5% p.a.
(b) 6% p.a.
(c) 8% p.a.
(d) 10% p.a.
Answer:
(b) 6% p.a.

Question 250.
If the dispute is regarding penalty only, then as regards section 129E:
(a) No pre-deposit is required
(b) Pre-deposit is 7.5% of penalty in case of second Appeal before CESTAT
(c) Pre-deposit is 10% of penalty in case of first Appeal before Commissioner (Appeals).
(d) None of the above.
Answer:
(d) None of the above.

Question 251.
Gupta limited intends to file an appeal with CESTAT against the order of Commissioner (Appeals) which confirmed a duty demand of ₹ 24,00,000 and imposed a penalty of ₹ 6,00,000. The quantum of pre-deposit U/S 129E will be
(a) 7.5% of ₹ 24,00,000
(b) 7.5% of ₹ 30,00,000
(c) 10% of ₹ 24,00,000
(d) 10% of ₹ 30,00,000
Answer:
(c) 10% of ₹ 24,00,000

Question 252.
An appeal to High Court under section 130 shall be filed within days.
(a) 90
(b) 180
(c) 200
(d) No time limit
Answer:
(b) 180

Question 253.
What is the fee payable when appeal is filed to High Court under section 130 by other partyAnswer:
(a) 1200
(b) ₹ 2000
(c) ₹ 2500
(d) ₹ 5000
Answer:
(a) 1200

Question 254.
In order to evolve a mechanism for speedy Settlement of cases involving high revenue stakes, an alternative channel is available in the form of …..
(a) Arbitral Tribunal
(b) CESTAT
(c) Settlement Commission
(d) None of the above.
Answer:
(c) Settlement Commission

Question 255.
Presently, how many benches in the Settlement Commission have been constituted answer:
(a) Two
(b) Three
(c) Four
(d) Twelve
Answer:
(c) Four

Question 256.
The benches of Settlement Commission are functioning at ………….
(a) Delhi
(b) Mumbai
(c) Kolkata & Chennai
(d) All of the above.
Answer:
(d) All of the above.

Question 257.
When any proceeding is referred back in any, appellate Tribunal or any other authority to
(a) Shall Not be deemed to be a proceeding pending within the meaning of case defined under section 127A.
(b) Shall be deemed to be a proceeding pending within the meaning of case defined under section 127A.
(c) Shall be settled by Supreme Court.
(d) None of the above.
Answer:
(a) Shall Not be deemed to be a proceeding pending within the meaning of case defined under section 127A.

Question 258.
As per section 127B, who may make an application for Settlement in respect of a case, relating to him, before adjudication to the Settlement Commission:
(a) Any importer
(b) Any exporter
(c) Any other person
(d) Any of the above.
Answer:
(d) Any of the above.

Question 259.
In order to file application for Settlement of cases under section 127B, the application shall not be made unless the additional amount of duty accepted by the applicant in his application.
(a) Equal to ₹ 3,00,000
(b) Up to ₹ 3,00,000
(c) Exceeds ₹ 3,00,000
(d) No such limit
Answer:
(c) Exceeds ₹ 3,00,000

Question 260.
Mr. X has made application for Set-tlement of case with the “Settlement Com-mission”. Before the expiry of a week, he wants to withdraw the application. Which of the following statement is correct as per section 127B of the Customs Act, 1962.
(a) Application once made cannot be withdrawn in case of Settlement.
(b) Application can be withdrawn within 7 days.
(c) Application in case withdrawn within 14 days.
(d) Application can be withdrawn at any time.
Answer:
(a) Application once made cannot be withdrawn in case of Settlement.

Question 261.
In view of order of Delhi High court in the case of “Additional Commissioner of Customs v. Shri Ram Niwas Verma”, which one of the following statement is true:
(a) Settlement Commission has no limit on limit on its jurisdiction
(b) Settlement Commission has no jurisdiction in relation to goods specified under section 123 of Customs Act, 1962.
(c) Settlement Commission can refer the case direct to Supreme Court.
(d) Settlement Commission can take up any matter relating to any kind of goods.
Answer:
(b) Settlement Commission has no jurisdiction in relation to goods specified under section 123 of Customs Act, 1962.

Question 262.
As per section 127C, the Settlement Commission shall issue a notice to the applicant within …… from the date of receipt of the application to explain in writing as to why the application made by him should be allowed to be proceeded with.
(a) 5 Days
(b) 7 Days
(c) 10 Days
(d) 1 Month
Answer:
(b) 7 Days

Question 263.
What is the time limit within which the Settlement Commission may amend its order to rectify any error apparent on the face of record:
(a) Within 2 months from the date of passing order
(b) Within 3 months from the date of passing order
(c) Within 2 months from the date of finding error
(d) Within 3 months from the date of finding error
Answer:
(b) Within 3 months from the date of passing order

Question 264.
Every order of Settlement passed under section 127C
(a) Shall be re-conclusive as to the matters stated therein.
(b) Shall be re-opened for same matter
(c) Shall be re-opened in any proceeding under Customs Act, 1962
(d) Shall be subject to special audit
Answer:
(a) Shall be re-conclusive as to the matters stated therein.

Question 265.
The recovery of sums due under order of Settlement passed under section 127C may be recovered by …………
(a) Any proper officer
(b) Proper office having jurisdiction over the applicant.
(c) Any Principal Commissioner
(d) Principal Commissioner having jurisdiction over the applicant
Answer:
(b) Proper office having jurisdiction over the applicant.

Question 266.
As per section 127K, the sum specified in an order of Settlement passed under section 127C is recovered in accordance with the provision of ……………………
(a) Section 140
(b) Section 142
(c) Section 147
(d) None of the above.
Answer:
(b) Section 142

Question 267.
Which section is related with the inspection, etc. of report made by Settlement Commission:
(a) Section 127E
(b) Section 127F
(c) Section 127G
(d) Section 127H
Answer:
(c) Section 127G

Question 268.
The procedure for disposal of case by Settlement Commission is given in ……….
(a) Section 127
(b) Section 127B
(c) Section 127C
(d) None of the above.
Answer:
(c) Section 127C

Question 269.
A written decision on any of the questions referred to in section 28H raised by the applicant in his application in respect of any goods prior to its importation and exportation is called as ………
(a) Authoritative decision
(b) Advance Ruling
(c) Appellate Ruling
(d) None of the above.
Answer:
(b) Advance Ruling

Question 270.
Who is empowered to appoint Cus-toms Authority for Advance Rulings……..
(a) CBIC
(b) Central Government
(c) Principal Commissioner of Customs
(d) CBDT
Answer:
(a) CBIC

Question 271.
Who may be appointed to function as a Custom Authority for Advance Ruling, officer of the rank of
(a) Proper officer
(b) Principal Commissioner or Com-missioner of Customs
(c) Any of (a) and (b)
(d) None of the above.
Answer:
(b) Principal Commissioner or Com-missioner of Customs

Question 272.
Till the date of appointment of the Customs Authority for Advance Ruling, the existing Authority for Advance Rulings constitute under section 245-0 of the shall continue to be the Authority under Customs Act.
(a) Companies Act
(b) Income Tax Act
(c) IRDA Act
(d) FEMAAct
Answer:
(b) Income Tax Act

Question 273.
The Authority for Advance Rulings constituted under section 245-0 of Income Tax Act, 1961 shall exercise the conferred on it by or under Customs Act, 1962.
(a) Jurisdiction
(b) Powers
(c) Authority
(d) Jurisdiction, powers and Authority
Answer:
(d) Jurisdiction, powers and Authority

Question 274.
The Advance Ruling Authority constituted under Income Tax Act shall have ……… for the purpose of Customs Act.
(a) Revenue member
(b) Fiscal member
(c) Legal member
(d) Socio member
Answer:
(a) Revenue member

Question 275.
The Revenue members in Advance Ruling Authority must be a member from:
(a) Indian Revenue Service (Customs and Central Excise)
(b) Indian Administrative Service
(c) Indian Police Service
(d) None of the above.
Answer:
(a) Indian Revenue Service (Customs and Central Excise)

Question 276.
The application for Advance Ruling under section 28H of Customs Act shall he made in …………….
(a) Duplicate
(b) Triplicate
(c) Quadruplicate
(d) Single copy only
Answer:
(c) Quadruplicate

Question 277.
The fee to be paid along with application for Advance Ruling under Customs is …….
(a) ₹ 2,000
(b) ₹ 5,000
(c) ₹ 7,500
(d) ₹ 10,000
Answer:
(d) ₹ 10,000

Question 278.
Can an application for Advance Ruling be withdrawn by the applicant …………
(a) No
(b) Yes, if withdrawn within 30 days from date of application
(c) Yes, if withdrawn within 45 days from the date of application
(d) Yes, at any time
Answer:
(b) Yes, if withdrawn within 30 days from date of application

Question 279.
The question on which the Advance Ruling is sought can be in respect of …………
(a) Classification of goods
(b) Applicability of notification
(c) Principles for value determination
(d) Any of the above.
Answer:
(d) Any of the above.

Question 280.
What is the time limit for pronouncing Advance Ruling
(a) 2 months
(b) 3 months
(c) 4 months
(d) 6 months
Answer:
(b) 3 months

Question 281.
A copy of the Advance Ruling pronounced by the Authority shall be sent to ………..
(i) Applicant
(ii) Principal Commissioner of Customs
(iii) Commissioner of Customs
(iv) CESTAT
(v) Proper Officer
(a) (i) and (ii)
(b) (i), (ii) and (iii)
(c) (i), (ii), (iii) and (v)
(d) All of the above.
Answer:
(b) (i), (ii) and (iii)

Question 282.
The Advance Ruling shall not be binding in case of ………….
(a) Change in facts
(b) Change in law
(c) Either (a) or (b)
(d) Always applicable
Answer:
(c) Either (a) or (b)

Question 283.
An appeal under section 28KA may be filed within ……… from the date of communication of such Ruling or order
(a) 25 Days
(b) 50 Days
(c) 60 days
(d) None of the above.
Answer:
(c) 60 days

Question 284.
Where the Appellate Authority is satisfied that the appellant was prevented by sufficient cause from presenting the appeal within specified period, it may allow a further period of days for filing such appeal.
(a) 30
(b) 40
(c) 60
(d) None of the above.
Answer:
(a) 30

Question 285.
The provisions regarding personal hearing and order under Advance Ruling are contained in section ……… of the Customs Act, 1962.
(a) 28H
(b) 281
(c) 28J
(d) 28K
Answer:
(b) 281

Question 286.
The Chapter VB was inserted in the Customs Act, 1962 by ………
(a) Finance Act, 1997
(b) Finance Act, 1999
(c) Finance Act, 2004
(d) Finance Act, 2014
Answer:
(b) Finance Act, 1999

Question 287.
As per section 28J, the Advance Ruling pronounced by the Authority under section 28-1 shall be binding on
(a) Applicant who sought it.
(b) Principal Commissioner.
(c) On the Principal Commissioner/ Commissioner of Customs and the Customs authorities subordinate to him, in respect of the applicant.
(d) All of the above.
Answer:
(d) All of the above.

Question 288.
The need to recover sums due to Government normally arises in situation(s):
(a) On confirmation of demand for short levy of duty.
(b) On imposition of fine or penalty in an adjudication proceedings.
(c) Both (a) and (b).
(d) When refund is claimed by assessee.
Answer:
(c) Both (a) and (b).

Question 289.
The offences committed under the Customs Act, 1962 are having the criminal liability as well as civil liability. However, the offences involving duty evasion of more than ……… or/and of are non-bailable of-fences under criminal liabilities.
(a) 50 lakh, Prohibited goods
(b) 50 lakh, Smuggled goods
(c) 100 lakh, Smuggled goods
(d) 100 lakh, Prohibited goods
Answer:
(a) 50 lakh, Prohibited goods

Question 290.
As per section 142, the recovery procedure may include method(s):
(a) To deduct the amount payable from the money owing to the defaulter.
(b) By detaining/selling goods of the defaulter.
(c) Either (a) or (b).
(d) None of the above.
Answer:
(c) Either (a) or (b).

Question 291.
In recovery procedure, when the re-covery is made by deducting the amount payable from the money owing to the defaulter, the power is given to
(a) Proper officer or any other officer of Customs.
(b) Assistant Commissioner or Deputy Commissioner of Customs.
(c) Both (a) and (b).
(d) Central Government.
Answer:
(a) Proper officer or any other officer of Customs.

Question 292.
As per section 142(1 )(b) of Customs Act, the goods belonging to defaulting person, which are under the control of Asstt. or Deputy Commissioner, are detained and sold for the recovery of sums due to the Government. This power has been given to:
(a) Proper officer or any other officer of Customs.
(b) Assistant Commissioner or Deputy Commissioner of Customs.
(c) Both (a) and (b).
(d) Central Government.
Answer:
(b) Assistant Commissioner or Deputy Commissioner of Customs.

Question 293.
As per section 142(l)(c)(i), the collector recovers the due as if it were on arrear of land revenue. This recovery procedure is adopted:
(a) Directly as a first measure.
(b) When recovery could not be made by deducting from money owing to the defaulter or by detaining/selling goods of defaulter.
(c) No such sequence has been given under the Act and it is left at the discretion of Customs authorities.
(d) None of the above.
Answer:
(b) When recovery could not be made by deducting from money owing to the defaulter or by detaining/selling goods of defaulter.

Question 294.
When recovery is made as Land revenue, a certificate is prepared. It has to be signed by:
(a) Assistant or Deputy Commissioner
(b) Proper Officer
(c) Both (a) and (b).
(d) None of the above.
Answer:
(a) Assistant or Deputy Commissioner

Question 295.
Under section 142(l)(c)(i), who recovers the amount due as if it were on arrears of Land RevenueAnswer:
(a) Proper Officer
(b) Collector
(c) Assistant Commissioner of Customs
(d) Principal Commissioner of Customs.
Answer:
(b) Collector

Question 296.
When the amount cannot be recovered from a person from whom money is due, the recovery is made……….
(a) Using Garnishee order
(b) Deducting from amount owing to defaulter
(c) Selling goods of the defaulter
(d) As a Land Revenue
Answer:
(a) Using Garnishee order

Question 297.
As per section 142 of the Customs Act, recovering from a person other than from whom money is due can be made if……..
(a) Other person holds money for first person.
(b) Other person holds money on account of the first person.
(c) Any of (a) and (b).
(d) No such condition prevails.
Answer:
(c) Any of (a) and (b).

Question 298.
The liability under Customs Act, 1962 is to be first charge under section 142A. This liability may be for…………
(a) Duty
(b) Penalty and Interest
(c) Any sum payable by assessee under Customs Act.
(d) Any of the above.
Answer:
(d) Any of the above.

Question 299.
The “Customs Audit” is given in ……..
(a) Section 99A
(b) Section 99B
(c) Section 99C
(d) Section 99D
Answer:
(a) Section 99A

Question 300.
Section 142Aof the Customs Act, 1962 provides that liability under the Act shall be the first charge. Which of the following is/are an exception in this regard….
(a) Sums payable under 529A of Com-panies Act, 1956 [Now companies Act, 2013]
(b) Sums payable under Recovery of debts due to Banks and Financial Institutions Act, 1993.
(c) Sums payable under Securitization and Reconstruction of Financial Assets and the Enforcement of Security Interest Act, 2002.
(d) All of the above.
Answer:
(d) None of these.

Question 301.
As per the High Court’s decision, when the Competent Authority has directed the Department to grant a refund, the department cannot wait for an inordinately long period to grant the refund. It is related with the case:
(a) Anita Grover
(b) Vishnu M Harlalka
(c) Sanghvi re-conditioners Limited
(d) None of these.
Answer:
(b) Vishnu M Harlalka

Question 302.
On-site Post Clearance Audit at prem-ises of Importer and Exporter Regulations, 2011 are repealed in…………
(a) 2011
(b) 2016
(c) 2017
(d) 2018
Answer:
(d) 2018

Question 303.
The section 99A is related with …….
(a) GST Audit
(b) Customs Audit
(c) Recovery Procedure Audit
(d) Secretarial Audit
Answer:
(b) Customs Audit

Question 304.
When the Customs Audit is to be conducted at the premises of the auditee, the authorised officers will intimate ……. in advance of their scheduled visit.
(a) 10 Days
(b) 15 Days
(c) 20 days
(d) No such advance intimated is required.
Answer:
(b) 15 Days

Question 305.
The Central Government has notified Customs Audit regulation, 2018 for Customs Audit. Any contravention of these Regulation attracts penalty of …
(a) ₹ 25,000
(b) ₹ 50,000
(c) ₹ 60,000
(d) ₹ 5,00,000
Answer:
(b) ₹ 50,000

Basic Overview on IGST, UtGST and GST Compensation Cess – CS Executive Tax Laws MCQ

Going through the Basic Overview on IGST, UtGST and GST Compensation Cess – CS Executive Tax Laws MCQ Questions with Answers you can quickly revise the concepts.

Basic Overview on IGST, UtGST and GST Compensation Cess – Tax Laws CS Executive MCQs

Question 1.
The IGST Act, 2017 has been passed by the Parliament for ……… on inter-state supply of goods and services or both.
(a) Levy of tax by the State Government
(b) Collection of tax by State Government
(c) Levy & collection of tax by State Government
(d) Levy & collection of tax by Central Government
Answer:
(d) Levy & collection of tax by Central Government

Question 2.
The IGST Bill was presented by Union Government:
(a) First in Lok Sabha & then in Rajya Sabha
(b) First in Rajya Sabha & then in Lok Sabha
(c) Simultaneously in both the houses
(d) Directly assented by the President
Answer:
(a) First in Lok Sabha & then in Rajya Sabha

Question 3.
The IGST Bill was presented by Union Government in Lok Sabha and was passed by the same on and Rajya Sabha
passed the bill on ………..
(a) 29th March, 2017 & 6th April, 2017
(b) 6th April, 2017 & 29th March, 2017
(c) 25th March, 2017 & 28th March, 2017
(d) 18 th March, 2017 & 28th March, 2017
Answer:
(a) 29th March, 2017 & 6th April, 2017

Question 4.
The IGST Act, 2017 was assented to by the President on….
(a) 10th April, 2017
(b) 12th April, 2017
(c) 14th April, 2017
(d) 1st July, 2017
Answer:
(b) 12th April, 2017

Question 5.
Under IGST Act, 2017, the Integrated Tax is levied and collected by …….
(a) The Centre
(b) The State Government
(c) The Union Territory
(d) Both (b) and (c)
Answer:
(a) The Centre

Question 6.
Tax on inter-State supplies, import into India, supplies made outside India and supplies made in SEZ shall be charged under
(a) CGST&SGST
(b) CGST& UTGST
(c) CGST&IGST
(d) IGST
Answer:
(d) IGST

Question 7.
The Integrated Tax, collected by the Central Government, is:
(a) Retained by Central Government
(b) Given to State Government
(c) Apportioned between the Union and State Government equally
(d) Apportioned between the Union and State Government in the ratio 60:40
Answer:
(c) Apportioned between the Union and State Government equally

Question 8.
IGST paid is available as credit to set off against the payment of ……….. on output supplies.
(a) IGST
(b) IGST and CGST
(c) CGST and SGST
(d) IGST, CGST and SGST
Answer:
(d) IGST, CGST and SGST

Question 9.
The IGST Act, 2017 deals with
(a) Inter-State Supplies
(b) Import into India
(c) Supplier made outside India
(d) All of the above
Answer:
(d) All of the above

Question 10.
IGST is applicable:
(a) To all States except Jammu and Kashmir
(b) To all States and Union Territories (except Jammu & Kashmir)
(c) To all over India excluding the state of Jammu & Kashmir
(d) To all over India including the state of Jammu & Kashmir
Answer:
(d) To all over India including the state of Jammu & Kashmir

Question 11.
As per section 5 of IGST Act, 2017, a maximum rate of may be imposed on interState supply of goods and/or services.
(a) 20%
(b) 28%
(c) 32%
(d) 40%
Answer:
(d) 40%

Question 12.
Before IGST, …… Regulated the inter-state trade or commerce.
(a) Central Sales Tax Act, 1956
(b) Central Sales Tax Act, 1965
(c) Value Added Tax Act, 1985
(d) Value Added Tax Act, 2002
Answer:
(a) Central Sales Tax Act, 1956

Question13.
Under while Central Sales Tax Act, 1956, the CST was:
(a) Collected & retained by. Central Government
(b) Collected & retained by Origin State
(c) Collected & retained by destination state
(d) None of the above
Answer:
(b) Collected & retained by Origin State

Question 14.
Before IGST, the Input Tax Credit of Central Sales Tax (CST) paid was
(a) Allowed to the buyer
(b) Allowed to the seller
(c) Not allowed to buyer
(d) None of the above
Answer:
(c) Not allowed to buyer

Question 15.
IGST is a mechanism to monitor the inter-state trade of goods and services and ensure that the SGST component accrues to the …….
(a) Union of India
(b) Consumer State
(c) Origin State
(d) Centre
Answer:
(b) Consumer State

Question 16.
Which of the following equation is true?
(a) IGST Rate = CGST Rate + SGST Rate
(b) IGST Rate = CGST Rate – SGST Rate
(c) IGST Rate = 2 [CGST Rate + SGST Rate]
(d) None of the above
Answer:
(a) IGST Rate = CGST Rate + SGST Rate

Question 17.
Chapter IV of the IGST Act, 2017 is related with determination of nature of supply:
I Inter-state supply
II Intra-supply
III Supplies in territorial waters
IV Captive consumption supplies The Chapter IV covers:
(a) I only
(b) I&III
(c) I, II & III
(d) i, ii, iii & iv
Answer:
(c) I, II & III

Question 18.
As per section 7 of IGST Act, 2017, the supply of goods/services shall be treated as inter-state supply, where the location of supplier and the place of supply are in:
(a) Two different states
(b) Two different Union Territories
(c) A State and a Union Territories
(d) All of the above
Answer:
(d) All of the above

Question 19.
The levy and collection under IGST Act, 2017 is given under
(a) Section 5
(b) Section 6
(c) Section 7
(d) Section 9
Answer:
(a) Section 5

Question 20.
Which one of the following statement is wrong as regards IGST Act, 2017?
(a) IGST is imposed on inter-state supply
(b) Value is determined as per section 15 of CGST Act, 2017
(c) The maximum rate of levy under IGST is 40%
(d) Inter-State supply does not include import
Answer:
(d) Inter-State supply does not include import

Question 21.
IGST is levied on imported goods under:
(a) Section 5 of IGST Act
(b) Section 9 of CGST Act
(c) Section 7 of UTGST Act
(d) Section 3 of Customs Tariff Act
Answer:
(d) Section 3 of Customs Tariff Act

Question 22.
As per section 16 of IGST Act, “Zero Rated Supply” includes:
(a) Export of goods or services or both
(b) Supply of goods or services or both to SEZ developer
(c) Supply of goods or services or both to Special Economic Zone unit
(d) All of the above
Answer:
(d) All of the above

Question 23.
As regards section 15 of the IGST Act, 2017, an “International Tourist” has been defined as non-resident of India who enters India for a stay of ………….
(a) Less than 3 months
(b) Up to 3 months
(c) Less than 6 months
(d) Up to 6 months
Answer:
(c) Less than 6 months

Question 24.
Which section of the IGST Act, 2017 provides the application of provisions of CGST Act relating to scope of supply, Com-posite and Mixed supply, Time and Value of Supply, etc. shall, mutatis mutandis, apply in relation to Integrated Tax.
(a) Section 5
(b) Section 10
(c) Section 15
(d) Section 20
Answer:
(d) Section 20

Question 25.
Most of the provisions of CGST Act, 2017 are applicable to Integrated Tax also. How many sections are there in IGST Act, 2017?
(a) 25
(b) 38
(c) 45
(d) 72
Answer:
(a) 25

Question 26.
The section 22 of IGST Act, 2017 empowers the Government to make rules for carrying out the provisions of the Act. These rules are:
(a) Notified by the Central Government at its own motion
(b) Notified by the Central Government, on the recommendations of the Council
(c) Announced by the Central Govern-ment by issue of Circular
(d) Announced by the Central Government by issue of Notice
Answer:
(b) Notified by the Central Government, on the recommendations of the Council

Question 27.
As per section 14 of IGST Act, 2017, In case of supply of online information and database access or retrieval services by any person located in a Non-Taxable Territory and received by a non-taxable online recipient, the of services located in a … territory shall be the person liable for paying integrated tax on such supply of services.
(a) Supplier, Non-Taxable
(b) Supplier, Taxable
(c) Recipient, Non-Taxable
(d) Recipient, Taxable
Answer:
(a) Supplier, Non-Taxable

Question 28.
As per section 13(a) of IGST Act, 2017, the place of supply of transportation of goods, other than by way of mail or courier, shall be the place of ………… of such goods.
(a) Origination
(b) Destination
(c) First stopover of such goods
(d) None of the above
Answer:
(b) Destination

Question 29.
Section 15 of the IGST Act, 2017 provides for
(a) Refund of Integrated Tax paid to an International Tourist leaving India on goods being taken outside India
(b) Refund of Central Tax paid to an International Tourist leaving India on goods being taken outside India
(c) Refund of both, Integrated Tax and Central Tax, paid to an International Tourist leaving India on goods being taken outside India
(d) None of the above
Answer:
(a) Refund of Integrated Tax paid to an International Tourist leaving India on goods being taken outside India

Question 30.
Which Rule of IGST Act, 2017 lays down that the CGST Rules, 2017 shall apply in relation to Integrated Tax as they apply to Central Tax, for carrying out the provisions specified in section 230 of IGST Act, 2017.
(a) Rule 1
(b) Rule 2
(c) Rule 3
(d) Rule 4
Answer:
(b) Rule 2

Question 31.
In case of exports and supplies to SEZs, no tax is payable. In these cases:
(a) ITC is allowed
(b) ITC is not allowed
(c) ITC is allowed provided the export results into inflow of foreign currency
(d) ITC is allowed up to inflow of foreign currency
Answer:
(a) ITC is allowed

Question 32.
In case of Zero Rated Supplies, ITC is allowed and refunds in respect of such supplies may be claimed by option:
(a) Supply made without the payment of IGST under Bond/LUT and claim refund of unutilized ITC
(b) Supply made on payment of IGST and claim refund for the same
(c) Both (a) and (b)
(d) Either (a) or (b)
Answer:
(d) Either (a) or (b)

Question 33
…….. supplies shall attract IGST?
(a) Intra-State
(b) Inter-State
(c) Intra Union-territory
(d) None of the above
Answer:
(b) Inter-State

Question 34.
Unless and until notified, IGST shall not be levied on the Inter-State supply of which of the following?
(a) Works Contract
(b) Taxable Services
(c) Industrial Alcohol
(d) Petroleum
Answer:
(d) Petroleum

Question 35.
Which of the following is an Inter-State supply?
(a) Supplier of goods located in Delhi and place of supply of goods is to an SEZ located in Delhi
(b) Supplier of goods located in Delhi and place of supply of goods in Jaipur
(c) Supplier of goods located in Delhi and place of supply is to an SEZ located in Chandigarh
(d) All of the above
Answer:
(d) All of the above

Question 36.
Supply of goods in the course of imports into the territory of India is:
(a) Inter-State Supply
(b) Intra-State supply
(c) Imports but not subject to GST
(d) Import with applicability of CGST and SGST
Answer:
(a) Inter-State Supply

Question 37.
As regards refunds in IGST Act, 2017, “Tourist” means a person:
(a) Not normally resident in India
(b) Stays for not more than 6 months in India
(c) Stays for legitimate and Non-Immigrant purpose
(d) All of the above
Answer:
(d) All of the above

Question 38.
As per section 15 of IGST Act, 2017, a Tourist can claim refund of :
(a) IGST on supply of services
(b) IGST on supply of goods
(c) IGST on supply of goods & services
(d) CGST & SGST on supply of goods & services
Answer:
(b) IGST on supply of goods

Question 39.
Zero Rated Supply includes:
I Export of Goods
II Export of Services
III Supply of goods to a SEZ developer or SEZ unit
IV Supply of services to a SEZ developer or SEZ unit
V Supply of goods by SEZ developer or SEZ unit
VI Supply of services by SEZ developer or SEZ unit
(a) i&ii
(b) i,ii,iii & iv
(c) i, ii, iii, iv & v
(d) All (I to VI)
Answer:
(b) i,ii,iii & iv

Question 40.
A registered taxable person is eligible to claim refund in respect of export of goods and services in the following cases:
(a) On payment of IGST and claim refund of IGST paid on such goods and services
(b) Under Bond, without payment of IGST and claim refund of unutilized ITC
(c) Both (a) & (b)
(d) Neither (a) nor (b)
Answer:
(c) Both (a) & (b)

Question 41.
As per section 17(1), out of IGST paid to the Central Government, which of the following must be apportioned based on tax rate equivalent to the CGST on similar intra-state supply?
(a) Inter-state supply of goods and services to an unregistered person
(b) Inter-state supply of goods and services to a taxable person paying tax under section 10 of the CGST Act, 2017
(c) Inter-state supply of goods and services to taxable person not eligible for Input Tax Credit
(d) All of the above
Answer:
(d) All of the above

Question 42.
Under IGST Act, 2017, the provisions of apportionment of tax also apply to
(a) Apportionment of Interest
(b) Apportionment of Penalty
(c) Compounding amount realized in connection with tax so apportioned
(d) All of the above
Answer:
(d) All of the above

Question 43
Of IGST Act, 2017 is related with tax wrongfully collected and paid to Central Government or State Government.
(a) Section 17
(b) Section 18
(c) Section 19
(d) Section 20
Answer:
(c) Section 19

Question 44.
The registered person has paid IGST by treating and intra-state supply as inter-state supply. The officer has levied CGST and SGST as the same is intra-state supply. What is the remedy?
(a) Pay CGST and SGST along with applicable interest
(b) Pay CGST and SGST and claim refund of IGST
(c) Forgo IGST paid
(d) None of the above
Answer:
(b) Pay CGST and SGST and claim refund of IGST

Question 45.
Under Chapter IX of v, section 20 is related with application of provisions of CGST to IGST. What are these provisions?
(a) All the provisions of CGST Act
(b) Only a few provisions of CGST Act
(c) The provisions of CGST Act as would be applicable to IGST has not been mentioned
(d) The exact provisions of CGST Act as would be applicable to IGST have not been enumerated. However, a list of items have been mentioned, whose corresponding provisions under CGST would apply to IGST Act.
Answer:
(d) The exact provisions of CGST Act as would be applicable to IGST have not been enumerated. However, a list of items have been mentioned, whose corresponding provisions under CGST would apply to IGST Act.

Question 46.
As per Explanation to Section 21 of v, when is import of services deemed to have been initiated before commencement of IGST Act.
(a) When invoice relating to such supply has been received or made before IGST has come into existence
(b) Payment is made/received either in part or full before IGST has come into existence
(c) Both (a) and (b)
(d) Either (a) or (b)
Answer:
(d) Either (a) or (b)

Question 47.
As per Proviso to section 25 (1) of IGST Act, 2017, what is the maximum period of exercising this power of issuing general or special order for removal of difficulties?
(a) 1 Year
(b) 2 Years
(c) 3 Years
(d) 4 Years
Answer:
(c) 3 Years

Question 48.
The supply of goods to SEZ unit is treated as ………. in the hands of the supplier.
(a) Exempt supply (Reversal of credit)
(b) Deemed Taxable Supply (No reversal of Credit)
(c) Export of supplies
(d) Non-taxable Supply (Outside the scope of GST)
Answer:
(c) Export of supplies

Question 49.
Is the SEZ developer or SEZ unit receiving zero rated supply eligible to claim refund of IGST paid by the registered taxable person on such supply?
(a) Yes (100% of amount paid)
(b) Yes (50% of amount paid)
(c) Yes (30% of amount paid)
(d) No
Answer:
(d) No

Question 50.
The orders made by Central Government under section 25 for removal of difficulties shall be laid before each House of Parliament:
(a) Before it is made
(b) As soon as it may be, after it is made
(c) After 30 days of passing order
(d) None of the above
Answer:
(b) As soon as it may be, after it is made

Question 51.
A registered person has paid Central Tax and State Tax on a transaction considered by him to be an intra-state supply, but which is subsequently held to be an inter-state supply. As per section 19(2) of IGST Act, 2017, such registered person shall ………… on amount of Integrated Tax payable.
(a) Be required to pay interest
(b) Be required to pay half interest
(c) Not be required to pay any interest
(d) May be required to pay as may be decided by Principal Commissioner
Answer:
(c) Not be required to pay any interest

Question 52.
As per section 2 (11) of IGST Act, 2017, “Import of service” means the supply of any service, where:
(a) The supplier is located outside India
(b) The recipient of service is located in India
(c) The place of supply of service is in India
(d) All of the above
Answer:
(d) All of the above

Question 53.
Which Section of IGST Act confers powers on the Central Government to make such provisions not consistent with the provision of the Act or rules by a general or special order, on the recommendation of the Council.
(a) Section 22
(b) Section 23
(c) Section 24
(d) Section 25
Answer:
(d) Section 25

Question 54.
What is the period of stay in India given in Explanation to Section 15 of IGST Act, for the purpose of the term “Tourist”?
(a) Less than 6 Months
(b) 6 Months
(c) More than 6 Months
(d) Not more than 6 Months
Answer:
(d) Not more than 6 Months

Question 55.
The special provisions for payment of tax by a supplier of OIDAR services are given in of IGST Act, 2017.
(a) Section 11
(b) Section 12
(c) Section 13
(d) Section 14
Answer:
(d) Section 14

Question 56.
As per Section 13(11) of IGST Act, the place of Supply of Services provided on board of Conveyance during the course of passenger transfer operation, consumed while on board, shall be the point of departure of that conveyance for the journey.
(a) First
(b) Last
(c) Median
(d) None of the above
Answer:
(a) First

Question 57.
The UTGST Act, 2017 is applicable to
(a) All Union territories
(b) All Union territories except Chandigarh
(c) All Union territories except Delhi and Chandigarh
(d) All Union territories except Delhi and Puducherry
Answer:
(d) All Union territories except Delhi and Puducherry

Question 58
……….. supply shall attract UTGST Act?
(a) Intra-State
(b) Intra Union Territories
(c) Inter State
(d) Inter Union Territories
Answer:
(b) Intra Union Territories

Question 59.
What is the maximum rate of GST given under section 7(1) of the UTGST Act, 2017?
(a) 14%
(b) 18%
(c) 20%
(d) 28%
Answer:
(c) 20%

Question 60.
Provision for levy and collection of tax on intra-State supply of goods or services or both by the Union Territory and for matters connected therewith or incidental thereto are being enumerated in:
(a) CGST Act, 2017
(b) IGST Act, 2017
(c) UTGST Act, 2017
(d) None of the above
Answer:
(c) UTGST Act, 2017

Question 61.
Unless and until notified by the Central Government on the recommendation of the Council, UTGST shall not be levied on the following supplies:
(a) Petroleum Crude & High Speed Diesel
(b) Motor Spirit
(c) Natural Gas and Aviation Turbine Fuel
(d) All of the above
Answer:
(d) All of the above

Question 62.
Which of the following supply will attract CGST & UTGST?
(a) Supply of goods by Mr. A of Delhi to Mr. B of Delhi
(b) Supply of services by Mr. C of Chandigarh to Mr. D of Lakshadweep
(c) Supply of goods by Mr. E to Mr. F, both are in Chandigarh
(d) None of the above
Answer:
(c) Supply of goods by Mr. E to Mr. F, both are in Chandigarh

Question 63.
As per section 9A of UTGST Act, 2017 as inserted w.e.f. 1-2-2019, the ITC on account of Union Territory Tax shall be utilised towards payment of Integrated tax/Union Territory Tax:
(a) When ITC of SGST is not available
(b) When ITC of CGST is available
(c) Only after ITC of Integrated Tax has first been utilised towards such payment
(d) Cannot be used
Answer:
(c) Only after ITC of Integrated Tax has first been utilised towards such payment

Question 64.
Section 11 of UTGST Act, 2017 deals with the officers required to assist proper officers in the implementation of UTGST Act. These officers are:
(a) All officers of Police, Railways and Customs
(b) Officers engaged in collection of Land revenue (including Village Officers)
(c) Officers of central Tax and State tax
(d) All of the above
Answer:
(d) All of the above

Question 65.
Consider the following information:

ITC available on account of Integrated Tax ₹ 40,000
ITC available on account of Central Tax Nil
ITC available on account of Union Territory Tax ₹ 30,000
Union Territory Tax payable on outward supplies ₹ 25,000

The IGST and CGST on outward supplies have been settled through respective ITC.
Keeping in view the section 9A of UTGST Act, 2017 as inserted with effect from 1-2-2019:
(a) ITC (Integrated Tax) shall be used to pay Union Territory Tax
(b) ITC (Union Territory Tax) shall be used to pay Union Territory Tax
(c) Any of above
(d) None of the above
Answer:
(a) ITC (Integrated Tax) shall be used to pay Union Territory Tax

Question 66.
Integrated tax credit as per section 9A of UTGST Act, 2017 on account of Union Territory Tax shall be utilized towards payment of only after the input tax credit available on account of has first been utilized towards such payment.
(a) Integrated Tax and Union Territory Tax, Integrated Tax
(b) Union Territory Tax, Input Tax
(c) Integrated Tax or Union Territory Tax, Union Territory Tax
(d) Integrated Tax or Union Territory Tax, Integrated Tax
Answer:
(d) Integrated Tax or Union Territory Tax, Integrated Tax

Question 67
of UTGST Act, 2017 gives the items in respect of which the provisions of CGST Act, 2017 shall apply to UTGST Act.
(a) Section 19
(b) Section 20
(c) Section 21
(d) Section 22
Answer:
(c) Section 21

Question 68.
What provisions of CGST Act have been made applicable to UTGST, as per section 21 of UTGST Act, 2017?
(a) All the provisions of CGST Act
(b) Few sections as specified under UTGST Act
(c) The exact provisions are not given but a list of items have been mentioned, whose corresponding provisions under CGST would apply to UTGST Act
(d) None of the above
Answer:
(c) The exact provisions are not given but a list of items have been mentioned, whose corresponding provisions under CGST would apply to UTGST Act

Question 69.
As per section 26 of UTGST Act, 2017, what is the maximum period for exercising the power of issuing general or a special order for removal of difficulties?
(a) 1 Year
(b) 2 Years
(c) 3 Years
(d) 4 Years
Answer:
(c) 3 Years

Question 70.
The order made under section 26 of UTGST Act, 2017 as regards removal of difficulties, shall be:
(a) Laid, prior to the time when it is made, before each House of Parliament
(b) Laid, after it is made, before each House of Parliament
(c) Laid at GST Council, after it is made
(d) Notified only and not required to be laid before any House of Parliament
Answer:
(b) Laid, after it is made, before each House of Parliament

Question 71.
How many sections are there in UTGST Act, 2017?
(a) 22
(b) 25
(c) 26
(d) 28
Answer:
(c) 26

Question 72.
In respect of which item mentioned below, the provisions of CGST Act are NOT applicable as the related provisions are given in UTGST Act, 2017 itself?
(a) Scope of supply
(b) Levy and Collection of UTGST
(c) Registration
(d) Returns
Answer:
(b) Levy and Collection of UTGST

Question 73.
A registered person has paid Central Tax and the Union Territory Tax on a transaction considered by him to be an intra-state supply, but is subsequently held to be an inter-state supply. In this scenario, as per section 12(1) of UTGST Act:
(a) Tax paid (Central Tax and Union Territory Tax) shall be adjusted to-wards Integrated Tax
(b) Tax paid (Central Tax and Union Territory Tax) shall be forfeited and Integrated Tax to be paid
(c) Tax paid (Central Tax and Union Territory Tax) shall be refunded and Integrated Tax to be paid separately
(d) The Central Tax paid shall be adjusted towards Integrated Tax and Union Territory Tax shall be refunded
Answer:
(c) Tax paid (Central Tax and Union Territory Tax) shall be refunded and Integrated Tax to be paid separately

Question 74.
Mr. X had paid Integrated Tax on intrastate supply at which actually Central Tax and Union Territory Tax was payable. In accordance with section 12(2) of UTGST Act, 2017:
(a) Such person is required to pay interest @ 15% on amount of Central Tax and Union Territory Tax payable
(b) Such person is required to pay interest @ 18% on amount of Central Tax and Union Territory Tax payable
(c) Such person shall not be required to pay interest
(d) None of the above
Answer:
(c) Such person shall not be required to pay interest

Question 75.
On which of the following Union Territory, UTGST Act is not applicable?
(a) Andaman & Nicobar Islands
(b) Chandigarh
(c) Delhi
(d) Daman & Diu
Answer:
(c) Delhi

Question 76.
Section 22 of the UTGST Act, 2017 laysdown the power of Central Government to make rules on the recommendation of the Council. Any rule made under sub-section (1) of section 22 may provide that a convention thereof shall be liable to a maximum penalty of
(a) ₹ 10,000
(b) ₹ 1,000
(c) ₹ 5,000
(d) ₹ 2,500
Answer:
(a) ₹ 10,000

Question 77
……………… and are the two Union Territories at which UTGST Act is not applicable?
(a) Delhi & Puducherry
(b) Delhi & Chandigarh
(c) Puducherry & Chandigarh
(d) Andaman and Nicobar & Goa
Answer:
(a) Delhi & Puducherry

Question 78.
As per section 2(3) of UTGST Act, 2017, “Designated Authority” refers to the authority notified by:
(a) Central Government
(b) State Government
(c) Union Territory Government
(d) Commissioner
Answer:
(d) Commissioner

Question 79.
Section ……….. of UTGST Act, 2017 is related with levy and collection of Union Territory Tax.
(a) Section 6
(b) Section 7
(c) Section 8
(d) Section 9
Answer:
(b) Section 7

Question 80.
The exemptions under UTGST Act, 2017 are given in ……………
(a) Section 8
(b) Section 9
(c) Section 10
(d) None of the above
Answer:
(a) Section 8

Question 81.
Section 7(1) of UTGST Act, 2017 provides the levy of Union Territory Tax on all intra-state supplies of goods or services or both on the value determined:
(a) Under section 8 of UTGST Act, 2017
(b) Undersection 15of UTGST Act,2017
(c) Under section 15 of CGST Act, 2017
(d) None of the above
Answer:
(c) Under section 15 of CGST Act, 2017

Question 82.
Under section 15 of UTGST Act, 2017, who is empowered to constitute Authority for Advance Ruling?
(a) Central Government
(b) State Government
(c) Union Territory Government
(d) Any of the above
Answer:
(a) Central Government

Question 83.
The Proviso to section 15 (1) of UTGST Act, 2017 empowers Central Government, on recommendations of GST council, to ………….
(a) Notify Authority of other Union Territory/State to act as Authority
(b) Notify committee to act as Authority
(c) Notify 15 persons to act as Authority, out of which one shall be chairman
(d) Notify that no other Authority shall act as Authority under this Act.
Answer:
(a) Notify Authority of other Union Territory/State to act as Authority

Question 84.
Section 16 of UTGST Act, 2017 is related with constitution of …………
(a) Authority for Advance Ruling
(b) Committee for Advance Ruling
(c) Powers of Authority for Advance Ruling
(d) Appellate Authority for Advance Ruling
Answer:
(d) Appellate Authority for Advance Ruling

Question 85.
As per Section 11 of UTGST Act, 2017, which of the following officers of shall assist the proper officers in the implementation of UTGST Act?
(a) Police
(b) Railways
(c) Customs
(d) All of the above
Answer:
(d) All of the above

Question 86.
The Central Government Constitutes, under section 16(1) of UTGST Act, Appellate Authority for Advance Ruling for hearing appeals against.
(a) Advance Ruling pronounced by Advance Ruling Authority
(b) Ruling of State Govt.
(c) Ruling of officers under CGST
(d) None of the above.
Answer:
(a) Advance Ruling pronounced by Advance Ruling Authority

Question 87.
The UT Authority for Advance Ruling, constituted under Section 15 of UTGST Act, shall consist of ………… member from amongst the officers of Central Tax and members(s) from amongst the officers of Union Territory Tax.
(a) One, one
(b) One, Two
(c) Two, one
(d) Two, Three
Answer:
(a) One, one

Question 88.
The UT Appellate Authority for Advance ruling include the following:
(a) Commissioner of Central Tax
(b) Officer of Central Tax.
(c) Chief Commissioner of Central Tax
(d) Chief Commissioner of UT.
Answer:
(c) Chief Commissioner of Central Tax

Question 89.
The Section 26 of UTGST Act, 2017 Confers powers to Central Government to make provisions, on recommendation of the Council, within a period of ………… from the date of Commencement of Act.
(a) 2 Years
(b) 3 Years
(c) 4 Years
(d) 5 Years
Answer:
(b) 3 Years

Question 90.
What is the amount of penalty specified in Section 22(4) of UTGST Act for contravention of any provisions under the Act?
(a) Less than ₹ 10,000.
(b) ₹ 10,000
(c) Not Exceeding ₹ 10,000
(d) Exceeding ₹ 10,000
Answer:
(c) Not Exceeding ₹ 10,000

Question 91.
How many schedules are given in GST (Compensation to States) Act, 2017?
(a) 1
(b) 2
(c) 3
(d) 4
Answer:
(a) 1

Question 92.
President of India gave assent to
(i) CGST Act, 2017
(ii) IGST Act, 2017
(iii) UTGST Act, 2017 and
(iv) GST Compensation Act, 2017 on:
(a) 13th May, 2017
(b) 12th April, 2017
(c) 16th April, 2017
(d) 6th June, 2017
Answer:
(b) 12th April, 2017

Question 93.
The compensation to states for loss of revenue on account of implementation of GST is for years.
(a) 2
(b) 5
(c) 8
(d) 10
Answer:
(b) 5

Question 94.
The GST (Compensation to States) Act, 2017 extends to :
(a) Whole of India
(b) Whole of India, except Jammu & Kashmir
(c) Whole of India except Special Category States
(d) Whole of India except Union Territories
Answer:
(a) Whole of India

Question 95.
As per section 2( 1)(g) of GST (Compensation to States) Act, 2017, “Input Tax” in relation to taxable person means:
(a) Cess charged on any supply of goods or services or both made to him
(b) Cess charged on import of goods & includes the Cess payable on reverse charge basis
(c) Both (a) & (b)
(d) Neither (a) nor (b)
Answer:
(c) Both (a) & (b)

Question 96.
The GST (Compensation to States) Act, 2017 is an Act to provide for compensation to ….for loss of revenue arising on account of implementation of GST.
(a) Centre
(b) States
(c) Both Centre and States
(d) None of the above
Answer:
(b) States

Question 97.
Under GST (Compensation to States) Act, 2017, “The Taxable Supply” means a supply of goods or services or both which is chargeable to the …….. under
(a) Cess, GST Compensation Act
(b) Tax, CGSTAct
(c) Tax, SGST Tax
(d) Tax, UTGST Act
Answer:
(a) Cess, GST Compensation Act

Question 98.
A period of ………. From the Transition Date is the Transition Period under GST (Compensation to States) Act, 2017.
(a) 2 Years
(b) 5 Years
(c) 6 Years
(d) 7 Years
Answer:
(b) 5 Years

Question 99.
As per section 2(1 )(q) of GST (Compensation to States) Act, 2017, “Transition Date” shall mean the date on which comes into force.
(a) CGST Act
(b) SGST Act
(c) UTGST Act
(d) GST (Compensation to States) Act
Answer:
(b) SGST Act

Question 100.
For The base Financial Year for the purpose of calculating compensation pay-able to the state as per GST (Compensation to States) Act, 2017 shall be taken:
(a) 2014-2015
(b) 2016-2017
(c) 2012-2013
(d) 2015-2016
Answer:
(d) 2015-2016

Question 101.
As per section 4 of GST (Compensation to States) Act, 2017, which financial year has been considered as the base year for calculating the compensation amount payable in any financial year during the transition period?
(a) Financial Year ending 31st March, 2014
(b) Financial Year ending 31st March, 2015
(c) Financial Year ending 31st March,2016
(d) Financial Year ending 31st March, 2017
Answer:
(c) Financial Year ending 31st March,2016

Question 102.
As per section 5(1), which of the following taxes are considered in the calculation of base year revenue?
(a) VAT, Sales Tax, Purchases Tax, Tax collected on works contract
(b) Central Sales Tax
(c) Entry Tax, Octroi, Local Body Tax
(d) All of the above
Answer:
(d) All of the above
₹ 8,00,000 × (1.14)3 = ₹ 11,85,235

Question 103.
If the base year revenue for 2015-2016 for a concerned state (as per section 5) is ₹ 8,00,000, then the projected revenue for financial year 20182019 shall be:
(a) ₹ 11,36,000
(b) ₹ 11,85,235
(c) ₹ 10,24,000
(d) ₹ 10,39,680
Answer:
(b) ₹ 11,85,235

Question 104.
State the “Base Year” and “Projected Growth Rate” for the purpose of calculating the compensation amount payable by the Centre on account of Revenue loss to the states as specified under the GST (Compensation to States) Act, 2017:
(a) Financial Year 2014-15, @ 14%
(b) Financial Year 2015-16, @ 14%
(c) Financial Year 2016-17, @ 14%
(d) Financial Year 2017-18, @ 14%
Answer:
(b) Financial Year 2015-16, @ 14%

Question 105.
The compensation payable under GST (Compensation to States) Act, 2017 shall be finally calculated for every financial year, after the receipt of final revenue figures. These final revenue figures should have been audited by
(a) The Chartered Accountant
(b) The Chartered Accountant in Practice for at least 20 years
(c) Central Government
(d) Comptroller and Auditor General of India
Answer:
(d) Comptroller and Auditor General of India

Question 106.
If any excess amount has been released as compensation to a state in any financial year during the transition period, then as per Proviso to section 7(2) of GST (Compensation to States) Act, 2017, the excess amount so released:
(a) Shall be returned by that state immediately
(b) Shall be returned by that state within one month
(c) Shall be returned by that state within months
(d) Shall be adjusted against the Compensation amount payable to such state in the subsequently financial year
Answer:
(d) Shall be adjusted against the Compensation amount payable to such state in the subsequently financial year

Question 107.
The total compensation payable in any financial year shall be:
(a) The Projected Revenue
(b) The actual Revenue collected
(c) Difference between the Projected Revenue and Actual Revenue collected
(d) None of the above
Answer:
(c) Difference between the Projected Revenue and Actual Revenue collected

Question 108.
What shall be the actual revenue collected by a state in any financial year during the transition period?
(a) The actual revenue from state tax collected by the state, net of refunds given by the said state under Chapters XI & XX of the SGST Acts.
(b) The Integrated goods and services tax apportioned to that state
(c) Any collection of taxes on account of the taxes levied by the respective state under the Acts specified in section 5(4), net of refunds of such taxes.
(d) All of the above
Answer:
(d) All of the above

Question 109.
As per section 7(6) of GST (Compensation to States) Act, 2017, where no compensation is due to be released in any financial year, and in case any excess amount has released to a state in the previous year, this amount:
(a) Shall be refunded by the state to that state where less compensation has been paid
(b) Shall be refunded by the state to Central Government
(c) Shall be foregone by the Centre
(d) Shall be transferred by that state in “Welfare Fund” of the state.
Answer:
(b) Shall be refunded by the state to Central Government

Question 110.
As per section8of GST (Compensation to States) Act, 2017, which of the following supplies of goods or services or both would be subject to Cess?
(a) Supplies under section 9 of the CGST Act
( b) Supplies under section 5 of the IGST Act
(c) Both (a) and (b)
(d) None of the above
Answer:
(c) Both (a) and (b)

Question 111.
The period, as specified in section 8( 1) of GST (Compensation to States) Act, 2017, during which Cess will be levied on supplies of goods and services or both is:
(a) 4 Years
(b) 5 Years
(c) 6 Years
(d) 7 Years
Answer:
(b) 5 Years

Question 112.
Total proceeds of the cess levied under section 8 of GST (Compensation to States) Act, 2017 as per section 10 shall be credited to a fund which is known as ……….. and shall form part of the public account of India to be utilized for the purposes specified and shall be a non lapsable Fund.
(a) GST Cess Fund
(b) GST Cess Compensation Fund
(c) GST Compensation Fund
(d) GST Fund
Answer:
(c) GST Compensation Fund

Question 113.
What is the objective behind the levy of Cess through GST (Compensation to States) Act, 2017?
(a) To generate surplus resources to cater the welfare needs of Nation
(b) To discourage the use of Sin and Luxury Goods and Services
(c) To provide compensation to the Centre for loss of revenue arising due to GST
(d) To provide compensation to the state for loss of revenue arising due to GST
Answer:
(d) To provide compensation to the state for loss of revenue arising due to GST

Question 114
….. are liable to pay Cess on supplies of goods or services or both GST (Compensation to States) Act, 2017
(a) All taxable persons
(b) Only Composition Taxable Person
(c) All Taxable Persons except Composition Taxable Person
(d) Only regular Taxable Persons
Answer:
(d) Only regular Taxable Persons

Question 115.
As per Proviso to section 14(1) of GST (Compensation to States) Act, 2017, what is the maximum period of exercising the power of issuing general or special order for removal of difficulties?
(a) 1 Year
(b) 2 Years
(c) 3 Years
(d) 4 Years
Answer:
(c) 3 Years

Question 116.
Which Act needs to be referred for compliances under GST (Compensation to States) Act, 2017, by taxable person in relation to Returns, payments and refunds?
(a) CGST Act and Rules made thereunder
(b) SGST Act and Rules made thereunder
(c) IGST Act and Rules made thereunder
(d) None of the above
Answer:
(a) CGST Act and Rules made thereunder

Question 117.
As per section 1(5) of GST (Compensation to States) Act, 2017, the accounts of the GST Compensation fund, as certified by CAG or any appointed person in this behalf together with the audit report thereon shall be laid before:
(a) Lok Sabha
(b) Rajya Sabha
(c) Before each House of Parliament
(d) Central Government
Answer:
(c) Before each House of Parliament

Question 118.
What is the maximum rate at which GST Compensation Cess may be collected on Pan Masala, as per Schedule to GST (Compensation to States) Act, 2017?
(a) 28%
(b) 100%
(c) 135%
(d) 150%
Answer:
(c) 135%

Question 119.
The maximum rate of Cess on “Aerated Waters” is
(a) 15%
(b) 30%
(c) 50%
(d) 100%
Answer:
(a) 15%

Question 120.
If the Projected Revenue for any year calculated in accordance with section 6 is ₹ 1,00,000, for calculating the Projected Revenue that could be earned till the end of the period of 10 months for the purpose of section 7(4) shall be
(a) ₹ 83,333
(b) ₹ 90,000
(c) ₹ 80,000
(d) ₹ 1,00,000
Answer:
(a) ₹ 83,333
₹1,00,000 × \(\frac{10}{12}\) =₹ 83,333

Question 121.
For the purpose of calculating the compensation payable to the states under the GST (Compensation to States) Act, 2017, the Base Year for reckoning the revenue is:
(a) 31-3-2014
(b) 31-3-2015
(c) 31-3-2016
(d) 31-3-2017
Answer:
(c) 31-3-2016

Question 122.
The terms like tariff item, heading, sub-heading, etc. used in Schedule to GST (Compensation to States) Act, 2017 shall mean:
(a) As defined in GST Compensation Act
(b) As defined in CGST Act
(c) As given in first schedule to Customs Tariff Act, 1975
(d) None of the above
Answer:
(c) As given in first schedule to Customs Tariff Act, 1975

Question 123.
The power to remove difficulties is given in …….. of GST (Compensation to States) Act, 2017.
(a) Section 12
(b) Section 13
(c) Section 14
(d) Section 15
Answer:
(c) Section 14

Question 124.
As per section 7(2) of GST (Compensation to States) Act, 2017, the compensation payable to a state shall be provisionally calculated and released at the end of every ………… period.
(a) One month
(b) Two months
(c) Three months
(d) Four months
Answer:
(b) Two months

Question 125.
As per section 3 of GST (Compensation to States) Act, 2017, the Projected nominal growth rate of revenue subsumed for a state during the transition period shall be:
(a) 8%
(b) 10%
(c) 12%
(d) 14%
Answer:
(d) 14%

Question 126.
The proceeds of the Cess and such other amounts as being recommended by the GST Council shall be credited to a non-Iapsable fund known as :
(a) GST Compensation Fund
(b) GST Cess Fund
(c) GST Welfare fund
( d) None of the above
Answer:
(a) GST Compensation Fund

Question 127.
The GST (compensation to States) Amendment Act, 2018 has inserted Motor Vehicles for the transport of not more than 13 persons in schedule. The rate of cess that may be collected on this item is:
(a) 20%
(b) 20% ad valorem
(c) 25%
(d) 25%
Answer:
(d) 25%

Question 128.
Considering Section 6 of GST (Compensation to states) Act, if the base year revenue for 2015-16 for a concerned state, calculated as per Section 5 is ₹ 8,000, then the projected revenue for financial year 2018-19 shall he:
(a) 8000 (1.14)2
(b) 8,000 (1.14)3
(c) 8,000 (1.15)2
(d) 8,000 (1.15)3
Answer:
(b) 8,000 (1.14)3

Question 129.
If the projected revenue for any year calculated in accordance with Section 6 is ₹ 10,000, then for calculating the projected revenue that could be earned till the end of period of 10 months for the purpose of Sec. 7(4) shall be:
(a) 10,000 (1.14)2 (5/6)
(b) 10,000 (1.15)2 (5/6)
(c) 10,000(5/6)
(d) None of these.
Answer:
(c) 10,000(5/6)

Question 130.
The accounts relating to GST Compensation Fund under Section 10 of GST Compensation Act shall be audited by:
(a) Central Government
(b) CAG of India
(c) ICAI
(d) Principal secretary to Govt, of India
Answer:
(b) CAG of India

Question 131.
The audit expenditure incurred for audit of GST Compensation Fund is payable by:
(a) CAG
(b) ICAI
(c) Central Government
(d) None of the above
Answer:
(c) Central Government

Question 132.
The certified accounts of the GST compensation fund together with audit Report Shall be laid before:-
(a) Central Government
(b) Either of the House of Parliament
(c) Each house of Parliament
(d) Upper House only
Answer:
(c) Each house of Parliament

Question 133.
As per Section 10(3) of the GST (Compensation to states) Act, ……… of the amount remaining unutilized in the fund at the end of transition period shall be transferred to the considered fund of India as the share of centre.
(a) 25%
(b) 40%
(c) 50%
(d) 70%
Answer:
(c) 50%

Question 134.
As per Section 2(1)(r) of GST (Compensation to states) Act, transition period means a period of ……….. years from the transition date.
(a) Three years
(b) Four year
(c) Five year
(d) Six year
Answer:
(d) Six year